Mark Williams Enterprises Performance Driveline

Mark Williams Enterprises Performance Driveline
THE MW STORY
The history of Mark Williams Enterprises, Inc. can be
traced back to the early 1960s, when the firm was founded
as a race car chassis shop. The firm was responsible for
building a large number of National event-winning cars in a
variety of classes. MW got into the driveline components
business out of necessity in the early '70s when available
products did not meet Williams' high standards.
Subsequently, MW introduced the industry's first guaranteed forged steel axle. As Williams devoted more time to
developing new products, the firm evolved into a full-time
manufacturing facility. By the mid-70s MW had stopped
producing complete race cars, and offered the "kit car" for
dragsters and funny cars. MW also has many handy tools,
etc. for home race car builders. The end of complete car
building at MW's marked the beginning of the most sophisticated computer controlled manufacturing facility for premium quality racing equipment. From its humble begin-
LOOK FOR THE MARK WILLIAMS RACE SUPPORT
VEHICLE AT MOST NHRA NATIONAL EVENTS!
nings, MW Enterprises, Inc. has grown to become one of the
industry's most progressive and respected manufacturers.
An expansion in 1996 increased the MW facilities in the
Colorado Technical Center, located in the Denver suburb of
Louisville, to 32,000 square feet. With highly sophisticated
computer controlled machining centers linked with networked production control, MW's shop is a textbook example of contemporary manufacturing efficiency. What's
more, nobody has invested as much in dedicated equipment
for building flange-type axles than Mark Williams. In addition to making a full line of premium quality products, MW
has earned a reputation for providing all customers, for over
40 years, with an exceptionally high degree of service. This
extends all the way from initial sales assistance through
diligent follow-through of orders. Our self sufficient philosophy combined with continued equipment investment is
unparallel in the industry. The slogan, "Designed, tested
and manufactured in house.... in the USA", is just our way
of doing things.
THE MW SALES STAFF
WHEN
YOU CALL
MARK WILLIAMS ENTERPRISES
TRAVIS
GARY
BRIAN
YOU’LL BE PUT IN TOUCH WITH CONSCIENTIOUS, KNOWLEDGEABLE PERSONNEL.
JASON
BRET
....“Although we are dedicating a great deal of time and energy to new products, we are keenly aware that the most important product
we produce is customer satisfaction. We will continue to strive to meet your expectations, for we realize that the most important element in our business is YOU!”
TERMS & CONDITIONS
TERMS C.O.D. or Credit Card. Axles and special built products
require a deposit as do items requiring shipment by methods other
than UPS. Credit Card usage will expedite order processing. We
accept money orders, certified checks or official bank checks only
for C.O.D. orders. UPS will no longer accept cash for C.O.D.
shipments. If a C.O.D. delivery is refused we will not ship C.O.D.
on future orders; prepayment will be required. We accept Visa,
Master Card, American Express and Discover. All credit card
orders must be shipped to the billing address of the card only.
A X L E O R D E R I N G In the catalog there is a sample of the
dimensions needed to place an axle order. Before phoning, read
this carefully and familiarize yourself with the terminology and
how measurements are to be taken. This will allow us to accurately
complete your order, and lessen the chance of a costly mistake.
SHIPMENTS F.O.B. Louisville, Colorado (Denver-Boulder Metro
Area). Unless otherwise specified UPS will be utilized.
FOREIGN SHIPMENTS Unless restricted by law, MW will ship to
foreign customers. Full purchase price (in U.S. currency) must
accompany order. No C.O.D. shipments. Name of desired freight
carrier, and shipping method must be included with order. Unless
specified UPS World Ship will be used.
CLAIMS Claims for damages, open or concealed, or shortages must
be made within five (5) days of receiving an order. Damage claims
should be made with the freight company first and shortage claims
with Mark Williams Enterprises. In the event of a damaged
package, keep all packaging boxes and materials. All shipments are
accurately weighed before shipping. If there is a part shortage
check the shipment weight to see if it matches the shipping weight.
This is the first step to determining if parts were lost in transit.
CONTENTS
8.8 Ford Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32-33
9” Ford Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-31
A-Arm Conversion Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Alignment Bar, Engine and Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57, 83
Axles, forged steel (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Axle Stud kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Axle Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,6 & 9
Brake System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-63
Brakes, Front, Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58-59
Brakes, Pro-Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 33
Brakes, Rear, Steel and Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . .60-61
Brake Levers/Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
C-Clip Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32, 37
Chassis Blueprints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87-88
Chassis Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Chromoly Tubing, Plate, and Tube Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Chevrolet 12-bolt Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37-39
Computer Pickup Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Couplers and Solid Splined Driveshafts . . . . . . . . . . .72-73
Dana 60 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34-35
Driveshafts, steel, aluminum & carbon fiber . . . . . . . . 64-66
Dzus Buttons, Tabs, Springs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Filler Caps and Bungs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Front Axles and Torsion Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Full Floater Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Gears, Richmond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-23
Housing Ends and Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10, 38, 56-57
Import Front Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Installation Kits for Gear Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-23
Kit Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87-88
Lug Nuts and Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Labor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40,69
Master Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
MasterLine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 85-86
Modular Axle Housings and Components . . . . . . . . . .41-53
Mopar Components (8 3/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Morse Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Motor Plates and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81,83
Olds /Pontiac Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Pinion Depth Checker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Pinion Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Posi-traction and Locker Units . . . . . .10, 14-15, 30, 32, 34
Promotional Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Rear End Replacement Caps . . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 & 35, 36
Rod Ends,Threaded Clevises and Jam Nuts . . . . . . . . . .78
Spindles, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 76
Spools, steel and aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . .13-14, 34-36, 86
Steering Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Steering Wheels and Q/R Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Suspension Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Thirdmembers Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 27, 85
Tools
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. 12, 15, 24, 57,83-84
Tube Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Tubing Notcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
U-Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Weld-In Clevises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Yokes, transmission and pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71
1
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
1. ARE ALL AXLES WITH SIMILAR SPLINE COUNTS INTERCHANGEABLE?
No! For example, an OEM 35-spline Dana axle and a special
MW 35 spline axle are not interchangeable because the MW
spline features a 45-degree pressure angle, which differs from
stock Dana 30-degree configuration. Mark Williams does,
however, offer Hi-Torque forged steel axles with OEM type
splines. Please read additional spline text on page 3.
2. WHY DO
SPLINE?
MW HI-TORQUE AXLES HAVE A REDUCED DIAMETER AFTER THE
In order for a splined shaft to carry its maximum torsional load it is
necessary to have a working shaft diameter smaller than the major
spline diameter. The reduced section after the spline works in the
same manner as a torsion bar allowing the rotational wind up to
occur over a longer area. This prevents the axle from experiencing
permanent set. Axles that are not undercut will twist at the end of
the spline engagement and eventually fail at this point.
3. WHAT
TYPE OF AXLE RETENTION IS REQUIRED?
Most race-sanctioning organizations require some type of positive
retention. The OEM C-clip does not meet these requirements.
Accordingly, MW offers a special C-clip eliminator kit to provide
the necessary retention. However, it is advisable to change to
weld-on housing ends if your plans call for narrowing the axle
housing. MW can supply weld-on ends, with oversize bearings
and retainers for most popular brake applications.
4. WHY IS THE SPLINE AREA ON MW AXLES SHORTER THAN OTHERS?
Most manufacturers do not make custom axles for each order.
Instead, they gang-run axles in certain lengths and make them with
very long splines. When an order comes in, they simply cut off the
excess spline. MW axles are manufactured to the correct length to
insure 100% engagement in the spool spline. Excessive unused
spline length reduces the torsional capability of an axle.
5. SHOULD I GET 35 OR 40-SPLINE AXLE-SPOOL COMBINATION?
For many applications the 1.500" diameter 35-tooth special MW
spline axles are more than adequate. For "bulletproof" reliability
there's no question the 40-spline setup is preferred. We've found
2
these big 1.708" diameter axles to also prolong housing life and
wheel alignment because of their ability to handle increased torsion
as well as bending (toe in) loads. If your rear end will accept a 40
spline spool we recommend using it.
6. WHY
ARE
MW
AXLES SHORTER THAN MY
“OLD”
ONES?
This question is often asked by customers who replace an OEM
axle/differential or another brand axle/spool combination with a
MW setup. The reason is that the spline location in most MW
spools is positioned further outboard to allow a larger spline. As a
result, the axles can be shorter and as an added bonus are slightly
lighter.
7. IS A 3-1/4” BORE 9” FORD CASE NEEDED TO RUN 35 SPLINE AXLES?
Not with MW axles. Unlike our competitors, we manufacture a 35
spline spool that fits in the stock 9” Ford cases (2.893” or 3.062”
bore). MW spools have been designed to position the splines at the
outboard end of the spool on both sides. This is an exclusive MW
feature that has been used for over 30 years. This same feature
applies to 10 and 12-bolt G.M. spools which are also limited to
stock carrier bearing sizes.
8. WHY DO I SEE AXLES ADVERTISED AS “ALLOY AXLES” SO CHEAP?
These axles are actually produced by an OEM axle forging
company whose main business is making axles for the truck and
construction industry. The material used is a carbon steel, common
to OEM axles. It is not usually regarded as an alloy steel as
advertised. The manufacturer produces the axle blank and the
advertiser cuts the axle to length and splines it. These axles are
made from the same material as stock axles and receive the same
heat treatment. The only difference is that they are available in
shorter lengths and with different splines.
9. WHICH HOUSING END SHOULD I
USE?
We recommend choosing the ends to match the brakes you want to
use. If you are going to use disc brakes we recommend the
symmetrical housing ends. This will allow the best designed Disc
Brake kit and eliminates confusion about wheel stand outs. We do
not recommend using the small Ford housing ends. The wheel
bearing is too small and delicate.
LEADING
THE INDUSTRY
Q UALITY - Whether you are in the market for axles, brakes, a driveshaft or chassis components you
can rest assured that every part from Mark Williams Enterprises has been designed and manufactured
to the highest standards. This includes researching the proper material and manufacturing processes
(see below). MW quality is assured by performing designing, testing and manufacturing in-house,
including heat treating and our high speed driveshaft balancing.
C USTOMER S ERVICE - Mark Williams Enterprises provides unmatched customer service. From the
time you place your order, through manufacturing, to shipping, everyone at Mark Williams
Enterprises is committed to completing orders on time and to making sure that everything is right the
first time. There are a couple of areas that help make this happen. First, MW sends a confirmation
sheet, by fax. e-mail or UPS overnight letter, on all custom axle orders to verify dimensions. Second,
MW components all have part numbers on them for trace ability and easy identification (custom axles
have a serial number).
C O M M I T M E N T - Mark Williams Enterprises is very committed to the racers through our
comprehensive contingency programs. Mark Williams is a triple NHRA major sponsor. Mark
Williams was the first to post for rear axles, 1980, and is currently the only manufacturer posting for
driveshafts and disc brakes at all NHRA national and divisional events as well as the NHRA E.T.
bracket racing series. We have a customer support service trailer at all NHRA national events and
select ADRL events.
NHRA E.T.
2010
Bracket Series
DETAILS MAKE
THE
DIFFERENCE
Axle Manufacturing The ability to produce a quality racing axle requires more than meets the eye. We have learned from our 40+
years that the improvement process never stops. We are constantly making improvements to assure that every axle produced incorporates
the latest technology. Axles are our primary product and as such we have a considerable investment in dedicated CNC and other
equipment for the production of race axles. In addition, Mark Williams Enterprises is the only company in the racing axle business that
has both induction and thru hardening in-house heat treating capability. This allows us total control over the most important operation in
the manufacturing process. One example of the details that make MW "Hi-Torque" axles superior is the CNC grinding of the axle flange
face and bearing seat/shoulder with a freshly-dressed true radius grinding wheel. The radius at the bearing shoulder is the most critical
part of an axle because it's the focal point of the bending moment (where the most force is concentrated). To insure the accuracy of this
radius the grinding wheel is dressed prior to grinding each axle with CNC precision. By dressing the wheel for each axle it also eliminates
the chance of imbedded contaminants causing friction-induced surface cracks. MW's extra efforts in manufacturing pay huge dividends
in reliability.
A XLES S PLINES A key factor to consider when purchasing axles is the axle spline.
Naturally, if the axles you are purchasing are to be mated to existing components you will
need a similar replacement spline. Accordingly, MW manufactures axles with all popular
spline configurations, including Dana 60, 12-bolt Chevy, 9" Ford, etc., plus splines
compatible with after-market products from other manufacturers. If you have a choice of
splines, as in the case of a new axle/spool combination, it is highly recommended that
you utilize MW's special 35 or 40 spline. This is especially important since locked
(spool-equipped) rear ends are subject to as much as twice the torsion load of standard
open-type differentials. For most applications the MW 35 spline with a 1.500" diameter
and 45 degree pressure angle is adequate. In comparative shear strength, the MW 35
spline is 61% stronger than the Chevrolet 12-bolt with 30 spline, 45% stronger than a 9"
Ford with 31 spline, and even 3% stronger than the Dana 35 spline which has a 30 degree
pressure angle. These calculations are based on the physical dimensions of the spline
itself, and do not take into consideration the extra strength benefits of MW's Nickel
Chromium Molybdenum alloy forging and austempering heat treating process. For those
applications requiring maximum strength axles MW offers a big 1.708" diameter 45
degree pressure angle 40-tooth spline that is 51% stronger than the 35-tooth MW spline.
Get the MW Hi-Torque axle with the spline that's best suited to your needs.
Pressure Angle
Spool
or Axle Gear
Profile
Circular
Pitch
Pitch Diameter
Major Diameter
Minor Diameter
(controls shaft strength)
Involute Profile
Shaft
Profile
Clearance
PART N UMBERS Every Mark Williams produced part carries a visible part number. Our part numbering system uses a
revision letter at the end of the part number that indicates the design change. Example: A spool with part number 53133-H
indicates there have been 8 changes to this part (A thru H) since it was first introduced. Anytime a part is re-designed to the
point it is would no longer be interchangeable with earlier versions, it is assigned a new part number. Parts that are produced
from castings may have two revision letters. Our 9" thirdmember housing 57448 is on the U casting revision and the V
machining revision, (at the time of this publication printing). This system allows trace-ability of our parts and can assist
identifying the age of parts in the field. All axles and driveshafts are serialized allowing us to access the build information.
Other parts have recorded production batch numbers that allow trace-ability. All raw materials used to produce MW products
are certified from the mills and are traceable to the individual products.
3
HOW TO ORDER AXLES
Every set of Mark Williams axles are custom built to meet each customer’s requirements. This requires accurate information to insure
that the axles are a perfect fit. You will need to provide as many of the dimensions shown as possible for your application.
A - Housing flange to flange
B - Driver side housing flange to pinion center
C - Passenger side housing flange to pinion center
D - Axle flange to axle flange width
E - Axle flange (driver’s side) to pinion center
F - Axle flange (passenger side) to pinion center
G - Axle flange to housing flange (brake stand-out)
H -Flange to bearing seat
I - Bearing journal diameter
J - Flange diameter
K - Brake drum register
L - Seal diameter (optional)
M - Overall axle length (right & left)
N - Driver side spline relief
O - Passenger side spline relief
P - Bolt Circle
Q - Cord measurement between two studs
D
E
F
B
C
G
A
M
L I
J K
SPLINES
N
P
O
Q
H
STARTING
FROM SCRATCH The following steps have proven to be
the most accurate method for determining the width of the rear end
assembly when building a new car.
1) Obtain a set of the widest tires and wheels (with
appropriate offset) to be used.
2) Remove the stock rear end housing and make
modifications to inner fender wells as required.
3) Position the tires/wheels under the car, and through
the use of jack stands, etc. place the car in the desired
running attitude.
4) With wheels in position, measure from wheel mounting
surface to the opposite wheel mounting surface. This will
give you the proper axle flange to axle flange
dimension (D). Allow for brake hats or drums.
5) Also supply the (E & F) distance or indicate if the
pinion is centered or the amount of pinion offset
required and the direction. Offset toward the
passenger side is normal and toward the driver side is
abnormal.
MEASURING
AN EXISTING HOUSING Measure the distance to the
outside of both housing flanges (A). Not all pinions are centered,
so it is also essential to measure the distance from the housing
flange to the center of the pinion on both driver and passenger side
(B & C).
MEASURING EXISTING AXLES Provide as many measurements as
possible. Use of a MW 35 or 40 spline spool will change axle
lengths in relation to axles with stock splines. A Mark Williams
salesman can help with questions about changes in axle lengths.
SPOOLS All spools are not manufactured the same. If the spool to
be used is a MW spool, the part number on the spool will give us
the required information. If the spool is from another
manufacturer, please check the spline count and location of the
spline as measured in the illustration above (N & O values).
BOLT CIRCLE If you do not know the bolt circle (P value) of a 5bolt application, measure the center-to-center distance (Q) between
two adjacent wheel studs and reference the table below.
4-1/2” B.C. = 2.645” normal later Ford pattern
4-3/4” B.C. = 2.792” normal Chevrolet pattern
5”
B.C. = 2.939” normal older Olds-Pontiac
5-1/2” B.C. = 3.233” normal early Ford and T/F wheel pattern
4
HI-TORQUE AXLES
MW STANDARD “HI -TORQUE” AXLES: MW standard forged steel axles have set the quality standard in the
industry for racing axles. The standard axles will normally be used in applications where weight is not a large factor
for your car. The standard axle is the heavy duty version in the MW "Hi-Torque" axle line. Each MW axle order is
custom manufactured per application with all axles designed to accept an axle bearing with the largest diameter
possible for the particular housing end being used, then each axle shaft is tapered from bearing journal to spline.
This combination of the large bearing diameter and tapered shaft increases torsion and bending capacity. All Mark
Williams "Hi-Torque" axles are available in any spline and bearing combination with the bolt pattern or patterns of
your choice and either 1/2" or 5/8" tapped stud holes. Dual patterns available without an extra charge. Flange
lightening option available on standard axles for an additional charge. (weight 32 lbs*)
50100
SUPERLIGHT 35 SPLINE "HI-TORQUE" AXLES: Rears that are limited to 35 spline spools can take advantage of
MW 35 spline gun drilled axles. These axles are pocket lightened and "gun drilled" where the center of the axle
shaft is bored (11/16" dia.) the entire length to resemble a gun barrel. This process is performed in house and
allows us to control the bore finish assuring a quality product. This results in a superior product,
fully capable of handling the shock loads of the heavier Super Stock cars that are limited to
35 splines! These operations result in a weight savings of roughly 19% over a pair of
standard 35 spline MW "Hi-Torque" axles. (weight saving is 6.88 lbs on a pair of 35
spline 24” long axles)
50550
SUPERLIGHT 40 SPLINE “HI-TORQUE” AXLES: The next step in the high strength
light weight axles would be the Mark Williams SUPER-LIGHT 40 spline “HiTorque” axles. In an effort to reduce rotating and un-sprung weight, these axles have
been gun drilled to a 7/8” bore along with extensive milling of the axle flanges. This in
conjunction with the additional machining behind the MW name plate and revised axle
profile, result in a weight savings of approximately 35% over the standard MW axles. 40
spline axles are recommended for all race cars that can utilize a 40 spline spool . (19.9
lbs*)
50500
*Axle weights are per pair for 40 spline
axles less bearings and studs to fit a 31”
wide housing.
ULTIMATE “HI-TORQUE” AXLES: It doesn’t get any better than this. The MW ULTIMATE “Hi-Torque” axles represent the latest in
axle and material technology. The axle profile and flange lightening are carried over from the SUPER-LIGHT axles. The use of aircraft
300M alloy forgings make it possible to enlarge the diameter of the gun drill bore to 1” diameter without sacrificing strength. This
represents a savings of 2.6 pounds per pair! You won’t find lighter axles. Anywhere!!! (weight 17.3 lbs*)
50800
DRAG RACE AXLE BEARINGS
56003
57803
58503
58504
58505
58507
58508
58509
58519
CB 58509
MW drag race axle bearings are special size ball and roller bearings. Many feature an "O" ring seal around the outside of the bearing.
These are designed to utilize our wide selection of mating housing ends that will allow largest inside diameter, increasing the axle
strength. Our technical representative can recommend the best bearing/housing end combination based on your brake requirements.
56003
Mopar Non-Adjustable Axle Bearings (pr)
2.875” O.D., 1.562” I.D. for stock ends w/spiral lock.
57803
Small Ford Axle Bearings(pr)
2.835”stock O.D. with larger than stock 1.562” I.D. stock Mustang end.
58503
Axle Bearings, 1-17/32” (pr)
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D.,1.532” I.D. stock Ford/Olds size.
58504
Axle Bearings, 1-5/8” (pr)
Sealed bearings 3.150’’ O.D.,1.625” I.D. used for C-Clip eliminator.
58505
Axle Bearings, 45 mm (pr)
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D., 1.774” I.D. used for 40 spline axles
58507
Axle Bearings, 1-9/16”(pr)
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D., 1.564” I.D.
58508
Axle Bearings, 3.347 X 45 mm, wide (pr)
Double row sealed ball bearings 3.347” O.D., 45 mm I.D. For 58595/
58598 Heavy Duty Symmetrical ends (o-ring is in housing end).
58509
Axle Bearings, 3.347 45mm I.D. narrow (pr)
Narrow bearing for 58599 Symmetrical Pro-Stock ends.
58519
Axle Bearings.3.347 x 45mm, wide (pr)
Wide single row bearings for deep 58595/58598 Heavy-Duty ends.
CB-58509 Axle Bearings,3.347 x 45mm (pr)
Ceramic bearings, narrow, for 58599 Symmetrical Pro-Stock ends
5
EVOLUTION-4.1™ AXLE SYSTEM
Heat-treated Forged
4130 Housing End
50900-EV4.1
Hi-Torque Axle
with contoured
milling
O-Ring
Shell Retainer
for easy assembly
removal
Heat-treated Lock Ring
Self-Aligning
Bearing
Micro-Finished Seal Ring
O-Ring
Retainer/Caliper Mount with Seal
The tremendous torque loads generated by a Pro Stock Car
during acceleration can actually distort the rear end
housing, bend the axle and generate side-loads on the axle
bearings. Not only does this hamper performance, but it
can lead to axle "walk-out" and potential breakage. Now
Mark Williams Enterprises introduces the Evolution-4.1™
axle, which employs a rugged self-aligning bearing to
compensate for any housing distortion. This solution
retains the integrity of a one piece forged axle, superior to
competitors two-piece designs, without paying a 12 lb.
weight penalty! A convenient package is available from
M-W to convert your rear end to an Evolution-4.1™ setup.
It includes heat-treated Chromium-Molybdenum steel
housing ends to accommodate the bearings, shell retainers
for easy installation and removal of the system from the
housing end, heavy-duty self-aligning bearings, special
retainer/caliper mounts with low drag seals, and a pair of
axles. You can get an Evolution-4.1™ package with either
4340 axles or 300M axles. Newer axles (serial #27482on) can be converted to this setup. Call toll-free for details
on adapting Evolution-4.1™ technology to your race car!
STANDARD BEARINGS
OVERSIZE BEARINGS
These standard sealed ball bearings have
been the norm for many years when using
Large Ford, Olds/Pontiac or Symmetrical
housing ends. As axles increased in size (up
to 40 spline) the bearing bores were changed
to accept the larger shafts. The outside
diameter has remained 3.150" while the inside
diameter has increased to 1.772" (45mm). The
result is a less than desirable cross section
thickness due to the increased bore.
To handle higher loads being put on axle
bearings, oversized sealed ball bearings are
now in use. While the I. D.. remains 1.772"
( 4 5 m m ) t h e O. D. i s n ow 3 . 3 4 6 " . T h e
increase in diameter allows for larger balls
a n d t h i cke r b e a r i n g r a c e s. T h e s e n ew
bearings are available in a single row or
double row configurations, as well as with an
optional extra cost upgrade to ceramic balls.
SELF-ALIGNING BEARINGS
A key component of the new M-W
Evolution-4™ axle technology is the double
row of spherical bearings in angled concave
races. The load capacity of these bearings is
several times greater than conventional
bearings. They can accommodate axle
movement associated with housing flex without
frictional resistance from binding bearings —
which in turn eliminates bearing “walk off.”
EVOLUTION-4.1™ HOUSING END KITS
The Evolution-4.1™ housing end kit contains all the parts required to convert the MW Symmetrical, Lamb
Standard or Olds type axles to the spherical-aligning bearings. The housing ends are 1-1/2" long and will accept
butt-welding to a 3" or 3-1/4" diameter tube. The kit includes the standard backing plate bolt kit and special
hardened axle lock rings. Axles with serial number 27482 or later can be used as these have the necessary seal
surface ground behind the bearing and increased straight section length for the wider bearing and lock ring.
58577-Kit
58597-KIT
Evolution-4.1™ Housing End Kit
For MW 11-3/4” Disc Brakes
58577-Kit B Evolution-4.1™ Housing End Kit
For Lamb 11-7/16” Disc Brakes
EVOLUTION-4.1™ AXLE KITS
Kits include a new pair of Hi-Torque ™ axles with your Evolution-4™ end kit. The Superlight option is good for 26% weight savings
over regular Hi-Torque axles. The Ultimate option saves an additional 13% over the Superlights, and are made from 300M material.
(Wheel studs extra)
50600-EV4.1
Evolution-4.1™ Kit w/ Axles
Includes 4340 Hi-Torque Axles. For MW 11-3/4” Disc Brakes
50600-EV4.1 B Evolution-4.1™ Kit w/ Axles
Includes 4340 Hi-Torque Axles. For Lamb 11-7/16” Disc Brakes
6
50900-EV4.1
Evolution-4.1™ Kit w/ Axles
Includes 300M Hi-Torque Axles. For MW 11-3/4” Disc Brakes
50900-EV4.1 B Evolution-4.1™ Kit w/ Axles
Includes 300M Hi-Torque Axles. For Lamb 11-7/16” Disc Brakes
OVAL TRACK AXLES
MW “Hi-Torque” forged steel axles are substantially stronger
than stock. But the real key to reliability is in the axle bearing.
The heavy-duty Timken® unit bearings used by MW offer
many times the load strength of factory OEM bearings.
MW flange-type oval track axles are equipped with a
special threaded retainer that holds the axle bearing firmly
in position. Installing MW oval track axles requires one of
two basic systems: 1) a Bolt-on adapter kit, available for 10
and 12 bolt GM rear ends with small brakes and 9” Ford
housings with large Ford ends or 2) a Weld-on kit, available
for most popular OEM drum brake configurations.
HI-TORQUE OVAL TRACK FLANGE AXLES
50300
Hi-Torque Oval Track Axles, (pr)
50300-1Hi-Torque Oval Track Axles, (1 ea)
Flanged axles with any spline and housing end combination
Single flange axle with any spline, housing end combination
MASTERLINE OVAL TRACK AXLES
ML-300-series MasterLine axles are designed for oval track
applications. They are Deep Cycle Induction Harden and precision
CNC-machined. True involute and hobbed splines insure complete
100% compatibility with factory differentials, posi-traction units and
after market spools. Each axle is custom made for the specific
application. Oval track axles are made from high manganese steel and
induction hardened with extra thick flanges for increased durability.
ML-300 Oval Track Axles (pr)
Custom produced for 9” Ford and GM rears. Ford axles need to use the
large 3.150” o.d. housing end or MW weld on ends.
ML-300
OVAL TRACK/ROAD RACE FLOATER AXLES
MW can produce double splined floater axle shafts for any spline combination up
to 36" in length. Some of the options available on oval track/road race floater
axles include crowned outer spline (for cambered rear wheels), gun drilling and
extra strength material such as 300M. We routinely produce all types of double
splined axles and shafts for racing and industrial applications. Flange bolt
pattern on 50200 with flange is standard truck floater/wide 5 hub type with 8ea
7/16" diameter holes on 3-15/16" bolt circle. MW's special austempering process
makes this axle much more durable than competitors oil quenched product.
50200 Floater Axle With Drive Plate
50200
Floater Axles with Drive Plates, (pr)
Austempered 4340 double splined floater axles with 24 spline drive
plates. 36” max overall length. Any carrier spline.
50201
Floater Axles, (less Drive Plates) (pr)
Pair of double splined floater axles only. No drive plates. 36”max
overall length. Any carrier spline. Single axles available.
WHEEL STUDS FOR OVAL TRACK AXLES
MW offers 1/2-20 or 5/8" screw-in wheel studs in several lengths. The latest MW 2" and 3" studs feature a special thin 12 point head to
help with brake component clearance and a small quick start end. The screw-in wheel studs are made of 8740 aircraft quality material
with 5/8-18 threads and they have a quick start end (except 51250).
51205
51200
51205
51250
51255
51260
51270
1/2-20
1/2-20
1/2-20
1/2-20
5/8-18
5/8-11
x 3” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (set of 10)
x 3-1/2” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (set of 10)
x 2” Wheel Studs, Socket head (set of 10)
x 2” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (set of 10)
x G/N Studs, 2-5/8” long (2” of thread) (set of 10)
Grand National Axle Studs, (10)
Coarse thread Threaded to head (3-3/8” overall length.) Axles must be special order with
5/8-11 stud
51200
51260
51255
51250
7
OVAL
TRACK
HI-TORQUE WELD ON HOUSING ENDS
MW weld-on housing end kits offer several advantages to bolt-on kits. Bent axle housings can easily be corrected by installing a pair of
new MW weld on housing ends. Another benefit to using weld on ends is adapting brakes of a different make, such as Ford brakes on a
GM rear. Our housing ends that match your brake assembly allow the use of larger 45mm wheel bearings that increase axle strength. This
is a definite advantage to the overall rear axle strength. An alignment fixture in required to correctly install new housing ends. This tool
P/N 300F and others are available from MW.
57700
Weld-on Housing End Kit, Small Ford
For small Ford brakes (Mustang), includes housing ends, Timken®
bearings, retainers, seals, threaded lock rings and backing plate bolts.
57750
Weld-on Housing End Kit, Large Ford
For large Ford brakes, includes housing ends, Timken® bearings,
retainers, seals, threaded lock rings and backing plate bolts.
58700
Weld-on Housing End Kit, Small GM
For GM small car brakes (Camaro, Chevelle, Nova), housing ends,
Timken® bearings, retainers, seals, threaded lock rings and backing
plate bolts.
58740
Weld-on Housing End Kit, Large GM
For 10 & 12-Bolt Chevrolet brakes (Impala, Biscayne & 1/2-ton truck),
includes housing ends, Timken® bearings, retainers, seals, threaded
lock rings and backing plate bolts.
OVAL TRACK AXLE BEARINGS & PARTS
A special spanner nut wrench is available to secure the threaded
retaining ring. This tool allows installation and removal without
damaging the lock nut .
Spanner Wrench p/n 630
630
58506
Lock Ring Wrench
Axle Bearing Assembly
For MW oval track axles with weld-on ends and Ford bolt-in oval track
axles. Includes outboard seal and threaded lock ring.
58506GM GM Axle Bearing Assembly
For MW GM Bolt-in Oval Track Axles. Includes special retainer seal,
“O” rings and modified threaded lock ring.
58518
57750 Weld-On
Housing End Kit
MW Oval track bearing assembly is
unique in that it takes thrust from
either direction and uses a threaded
lock ring for positive bearing
retention. This tapered roller bearing
exceeds the radial and axial load
capacity of common ball and roller
bearings. Assemblies include
Timken® unit bearings, outboard seals
and threaded bearing lock rings. For use
58506 Bearing Assy.
on Hi-Torque axles manufactured for 45mm bearings.
N09M
N09
21069
Modified Lock Ring (ea)
Threaded Lock Ring (ea)
Retainer Seal (ea)
For MW GM Bolt-in Oval Track Axles.
Outboard Seal (ea)
For MW oval track axles with weld-on ends and Ford bolt-in oval track axles.
BOLT-ON BEARING ADAPTER KITS
MW bolt-on retainer kits allow the use of MW axles in stock G.M. or Ford rear end housings
without any welding. All kits feature heavy-duty Timken® unit bearings that have a large
45mm I.D. (1.772”) and are designed to handle thrust in both directions. Includes
seals, o-rings and fastening hardware. Housing modification required for GM
housings, backing plate modifications for the Ford rear.
57760 Bearing Adapter Kit, Large Ford
Use MW Oval Track Axles without changing stock housing ends. Must have large Ford
ends with 3.150” bearing bore, 1/2” backing plate bolts. Includes bearings & seals
57770 Bearing Adapter Kit, New Style Ford
58800
Use MW Oval Track Axles without changing stock housing ends. Must have New Style
large Ford ends with 3.150” bearing bore, 3/8” backing plate bolts. 3-9/16” x 2” pattern.
Includes bearings & seals
58800
Bearing Adapter Kit, Small GM
Allows the use of 50300 MW Oval Track Axles without changing the stock housing end.
Must have GM small car brake (Camaro, Chevelle, Nova) Includes bearings & seals
8
57760/57770
PRO STREET COMPONENTS
For those performance enthusiasts building sophisticated “Pro Street” type vehicles with narrowed rear ends, MW offers
premium quality driveline components engineered specifically for daily street use, not “after market OEM” type axles. These are
designed for those who want the BEST custom-made axles
money can buy. MW “Pro Street” axles overcome the problem
commonly encountered when using OEM or drag-type units:
flange breakage. In fact, Mark Williams warrants each axle
flange against breakage for two years when used in
conjunction with a MW Pro Street housing end kit with
Timken® 45mm bearings. Increasing axle shaft diameter and
flange strength are critical factors when deciding on axles for
high powered street machines (which often weigh more and
operate on more harsh surface conditions than their race-only
cousins). Add serious muscle to any heavy street machine and
you can bet the OEM driveline can’t provide the necessary
reliability. Why settle for anything less than premium quality MW
components?
PRO STREET AXLES
MW Hi-Torque Pro Street axles are custom built per order and are
manufactured from the same Tri-Alloy forgings as our drag race
axles, featuring 45mm bearings and thicker flanges for street use.
50400
Pro Street Axles, (pr)
For use with any MW weld-on or bolt-on end kits on this page that
incorporate the heavy-duty Timken® unit bearings
PRO STREET AXLE BEARINGS
MW’s Pro Street axle bearing features a large 45mm (1.774”) I.D. and is unique in that it can take thrust
in either direction. This tapered roller bearing exceeds the radial capacity of common O.E.M. ball and
roller bearings. Axle bearing assembly includes bearings, heavy duty seals and press on bearing lock
rings. Requires matching MW housing ends.
58506S Unit Axle Bearing Assembly (pr)
For MW Pro Street Axles, Timken® unit bearings with seals and press on lock rings.
58506S
WELD-ON HOUSING END KITS
The preferable method to obtain a reliable axle and bearing combination for Pro Street applications is the installation of our weld-on housing ends.
MW has designed ends that accept the 45 mm bore Timken® bearing and a heavy-duty seal. A slightly bent housing can be corrected when
installing new Pro Street weld-on ends. A variety of kits are available that accommodate the most popular brakes. If you are going to use disc
brakes we recommend using the 58780 Symmetrical end kit that accepts the best designed brake kits and can incorporate a parking brake
58530
Housing End Kit, Ford 8.8
For Ford 8.8 (Mustang) brakes. Includes Ball bearings, retainers,
seals and backing plate bolts.
58780
Housing End Kit, Disc Brakes
68700 Weld-On Housing Kit for GM
10 & 12 Bolt Ends
For use with MW Disc Brake Kits with symmetrical bolt pattern.
Includes Timken® wheel bearings, seals and backing plate bolts.
66700
Housing End Kit, Mopar Brakes
For Mopar brakes. Includes Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and
backing plate bolts.
67700
Housing End Kit, Small Ford
For small Ford (Mustang) brakes. Includes Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
67750
Housing End Kit, Large Ford
For large Ford brakes (w/1/2” bolts). Includes Timken® bearings,
retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
68700
Housing End Kit, Small GM
For GM small brakes (Camaro, Chevelle, Nova). Includes Timken®
bearings, retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
68740
Housing End Kit, Large GM
For Large GM brakes (Impala, Biscayne & 1/2-ton truck). Includes
Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
9
PRO STREET BRAKES
72300
Pro Street Disc Brake Kit w/Park Brake
For Pro-Street Symmetrical type housing ends (MW #58580 or 58780
kit). This is the only kit with mechanical parking brake calipers.
Models without Parking Brake
72000
Olds Disc Brake Kit (ends rotated)
For MW 58550 housing ends rotated 90 degrees from stock.
72100
Olds Disc Brake Kit (ends stock)
For MW 58550 housing ends in stock position.
72200
Symmetrical Disc Brake Kit
For MW 58585 Symmetrical ends.
72400
Mark Williams Enterprises has the ideal brake kit for the Pro Street and
street rod enthusiasts that requires a parking brake. For use with MW’s
symmetrical housing ends. This brake kit has a provision for a floating
mechanical wedge action parking brake caliper built into the caliper
mounting bracket. As is the case with all other MW brake kits, the
caliper mount also acts as the bearing retainer. The kit includes: MW’s
race proven 4 piston aluminum calipers with pads, vented cast iron
rotors, aluminum brake hats, floating parking brake calipers with pads,
caliper mounting brackets, and all of the necessary mounting hardware.
This is a safe and reliable kit for Pro Street and street rod applications
requiring a parking brake. (Note: bracket to anchor the parking brake
cable must be fabricated.)
New Ford Disc Brake Kit
For MW 57860 housing ends.
72500
72300
Large Ford Disc Brake Kit
For MW 57820 housing ends.
72600
Mopar Disc Brake Kit
For MW 53188 housing ends. Requires bracket modification.
72700
GM Disc Brake Kit
For stock GM or MW 58560 passenger car housing end.
72800
Small Ford Disc Brake Kit
For MW 57810 housing ends. Requires bracket modification.
72900
GM w/C Clip Kit Disc Brake Kit
For stock GM passenger car housing end with MW C-Clip Eliminator
kit. Requires modification to bearing housing.
BOLT
ON
RETAINER KITS
MW bolt-on retainer kits allow you to easily use MW “Pro-Street” axles in G.M. and Ford rear end housings without
replacing housing ends. All bolt-on kits utilize a heavy duty Timken® unit bearing that can take thrust from either direction
and exceeds radial and axial load capacity of common ball and roller bearings. Bolt-on ends are recommended if housing
can not be narrowed. Weld-on kits should be used rather than this kit, when narrowing a housing.
67760 Bolt-On Adapter Kit, Large Ford
67760
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock housing end. Must have large
Ford ends with 3.150” O.D. bearings, 1/2” backing plate bolts. Includes bearings & seals.
67770 Bolt-On Adapter Kit, New Style Ford
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock housing end. Must have New
style large Ford ends with 3.150” O.D. bearings, 3/8” backing plate bolts. 3 9/16” x 2” pattern. Includes bearings & seals.
68800 Wheel Bearing Adapter Kit, Small GM
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock housing end. Must have GM small
car brake (Camaro,Chevelle, Nova). Includes bearings & seals should be used when narrowing housing.
PRO STREET LOCKERS
MW offers a special 9" Ford Detroit Locker type differential that accepts larger than
stock spline 1.5" diameter 35-spline axles. This setup provides locked axle traction
and the durability required of high power applications. (Note: The spline location and
pressure angle are not the same as a MW 35 spline spool). Axles must be
manufactured specifically for this Locker. The spline has a 30 degree pressure
angle. Same as Dana 60 spline, but different axle lengths are required.
187S-35S 35 spline, Steel Housing
Case is machined from billet stock for 3.250 bore case
187S-35C 35 spline, Nodular Housing
Case is hi strength ductile iron for 3.250” bore case. 100% smooth machine
finish.
187S-35S
10
187S-35C
WHEEL STUD KITS
MW drive studs are recommended in all drag racing applications using after-market
wheels. The Drive Stud is designed so the 11/16” dia. shoulder on the stud is used to
center the wheel, rather than the lug nut used with smaller studs. This system
dramatically increases shear strength and eliminates bent wheel studs. MW drive
studs require a 5/8”-18 thread holes in the axle flange. Studs are then secured in
the flange with a jam nut. Wheels are held in place with an open end flanged lug
nut and an aluminum washer that prevents marring the wheel. A standard MW
drive stud kit comes complete with 10 steel drive studs, 10 self locking jam nuts,
10 aluminum washers, (specify thickness) and 10 steel Snap-Lock™ flanged lug
nuts. Titanium drive studs are also available and listed below. The following page
has lug nut options available at an additional cost. For applications using OEM steel wheels
MW also offers high strength 1/2-20 screw-in type wheel studs.
STEEL DRIVE STUD KITS
51500
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set)
51580
A=3-1/2” B=1-3/16” C=1-1/2” D=13/16”
51540
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set)
51590
A=2-11/16” B=1” C=7/8” D=13/16”
51560
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set)
A=2-7/8” B=7/8” C=1-3/16” D=13/16”
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set)
A=3-7/16” B=7/8” C=1-3/4” D=13/16”
Drive Stud Kit w/ MW Aluminum Lug Nuts
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set)
A=4” B=1-3/16” C=2” D=13/16”
Add “A” to Part Number (specify c-bore depth1/8 or 3/8”).
TITANIUM DRIVE STUD KITS
Reduce rotating weight with the addition of a
titanium stud kit. All studs are carefully
manufactured to insure concentricity with the
stud threads. All kits include titanium
studs, self locking jam nuts, and choice of
MW hard anodized aluminum lug nuts
(51520 or 51521).
41540
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” dia
A=2-11/16” B=1.00” C=7/8”. Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
41560
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” Dia
A=4” B=1 3/16” C=2” Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
41580
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” Dia
A=2-7/8” B=7/8” C=1-3/16” Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
SCREW-IN WHEEL STUDS
MW offers 1/2-20 screw-in wheel studs in two standard lengths. The latest MW 2" and 3" studs feature a special thin 12 point head to
help with brake component clearance. The stud features and a small quick start on the theaded end. The G.N. wheel studs are made of
8740 aircraft quality material with 5/8-18 threads and they also have a quick start end. All stud kits include aircraft washers to help
prevent the threads from wedging on the imperfect threads by the head.
51205
51200
51250
51255
51260
1/2-20
1/2-20
1/2-20
5/8-18
x 3” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (10)
x 2” Wheel Studs, Allen head (10)
x 2” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (10)
Grand National Axle Studs, (10)
51200
51260
51255
Threaded to head (2-5/8” overall length.) 2” of thread
51270
5/8-11 Grand National Axle Studs, (10)
Coarse thread Threaded to head (3-3/8” overall length.) 3” of thread Note: MW axles are
normally produced with fine thread. Axles must be special order with 5/8-11 threads
SELECTING
THE
51250
PROPER DRIVE STUDS
The most important factor when selecting the proper drive stud is that the drive
shoulder of the stud be fully engaged in the wheel. It is recommended that the “C”
length on the stud be slightly greater than the combined thickness of the brake hat or
drum and the wheel. These two dimensions should be specified when ordering a MW
drive stud kit. Washer thickness must be greater than the portion of the shoulder of the
stud that extends past the face of the wheel.
11
WHEEL STUD NUTS & STUD INSTALLER
With our Mark Williams stud nuts, an aluminum spacer washer attaches with a SnapLock ™
over the base nut. The washer spins freely, but will not separate from the nut, this prevents
marring of the wheels and losing washers. The aluminum washers are available in different
thicknesses (3/16” to 3/4”) to compensate for different wheel and brake hat combinations.
This makes the nut a dimensionally and visually superior part. The thread pitch diameter is
held extremely square with the flange which results in even pressure loading against the
wheel and stud threads. MW also builds special integral billet aluminum lug nuts that are
hard anodized for durability (see below). These nuts are sold with special stainless steel
washers and are standard nuts in MW titanium drive stud kits.
NOTE: All aluminum washers except, 3/16 can be used with the 51530
steel nut that feature the SnapLock™ system, as well as older 55016 with
standard flange steel nuts. Aluminum nuts use a stainless washer.
51530
Steel MW Snap-Lock™ Base Nut
Replaces old 55016 standard flange steel nut
55017
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™3/16”
For use with MW base nut, stainless or standard nut, 3/16” thick.
MW Snap-Lock™ Washer System
55013
Aluminum Washer Snap-Lock™3/8”
For use with MW Stainless Steel or 51530 nut, 3/8” thick.
55014
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™ 9/16”
For use with MW base nut ,stainless or standard nut, 9/16” thick.
55015
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™ 3/4”
For use with MW base nut, stainless or standard nut, 3/4” thick.
INTEGRAL ALUMINUM NUTS
51521
The MW integral aluminum lug nuts are for applications where every ounce of weight is critical. The part
is produced from 7075-T6 aluminum alloy with a durable anodized hard coat finish. The integral stainless
steel washer snaps on to the nut and spins freely, but will not separate from the nut, preventing accidental
loss. The nuts have fixed counter bore depths of 1/8” and 3/8” that make them equivalent to using a
standard nut and washer combination of equal thickness. These nuts come standard with all MW titanium
drive stud kits for the lightest possible combination. Can also be used with steel drive studs.
51520
Encapsulated MW Nut, 1/8” grip (ea)
1/8” grip, threads relieved 1/8” on wheel side of nut
51521
51520
Encapsulated MW Nut, 3/8” grip (ea)
3/8” grip, threads relieved 3/8” on wheel side of nut
STUD INSTALLATION TOOL
The MW stud installation tool utilizes a threaded collet that clamps evenly on the threads of the stud to properly install and tighten drive studs in the axle
flanges. This type of system eliminates possible damage to either the threads or stud shoulder that can happen without the proper installations tools.
600-H
600-1
600-2
600-3
600-4
600-5
Housing for stud install collet
5/8-18 stud install collet
1/2-20 stud install collet
7/16-20 stud install collet
3/8-24 stud install collet
5/16-24 stud install collet
SAFETY WIRE
Use with any drilled bolt
head to provide vibration
proof positive bolt
retention. MW 9” & 12
Bolt ring gear bolts are
drilled for safety wire
locks.
12
AND
600-H
600-1
PLIERS
300-1
300-2
300-1 Safety Wire, 1 lb roll, .032 stainless
300-2 Safety Wire Twist Pliers 9”
STEEL SPOOLS
53140
53137
All Mark Williams steel spools are precision machined from 4140 steel forgings on CNC
tools to ensure accuracy. The ring gear register and bearing diameters are precision ground
with the spool mounted on a special arbor to assure concentricity between the splines
and the ground surfaces. The final grinding operation also ensures a near zero runout
on the ring mounting surface. Engineered for maximum reliability, MW spools
also have an increased cross-section under the ring gear register to prevent ring
gear deflection. MW spools are heat treated in-house with the same austemper
through hardening heat treat process as MW’s “Hi-Torque” axles. Mark
Williams steel spools are offered in both standard and lightweight versions. The
major differences are the addition of lightening holes drilled through the hub of the
spool and a profile milled ring gear flange. This reduces the weight by as much as 25% over the
standard version without sacrificing the strength of the spool. See footnotes for spools and wheel bearing requirements.
STANDARD STEEL SPOOLS
53120
35 Spline 8” Ford Spool
MW 35 spline. 10.5 lbs (3).
53132
35 Spline 8.8” Ford Spool
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs. Must use 57900 ring gear bolts (3).
53136
40 Spline 9” Ford
For 3.250” bore case, requires 45 mm bore wheel bearing and matching housing ends. 11 lbs. (2)
53139
28 Spline 9” Ford Spool
Stock type 28 spline. 10 lbs.
53140
35 Spline 9” Ford Spool
MW 35 spline. For stock 2.893” or 3.062” case. 11 lbs.(3)
53144
31 Spline 9” Ford Spool
Stock type 31-spline. 12 lbs.
53146
35 Spline 9” Ford Spool
MW 35 spline For 3.250” bore case. 12 lbs. (3)
53130
35 Spline 8.5 GM 10-Bolt Spool.*
53150
35 Spline ’57-’64 Olds/Pontiac Spool
MW 35 spline. 16 lbs. (3)
53160
35 Spline 12 Bolt Chevrolet Spool *
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs. (1)(3)
53164
30 Spline 12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool *
Stock type 30 spline. 14 lbs. (1)
53170
35 Spline Dana 60 Spool
MW 35 spline. 21 lbs.
53176
40 Spline Dana 60 Spool
Requires 58505 bearings and proper housing ends. 20.5 lbs.
53190
35 Spline Dana 60 Spool
Stock type 35 spline. 21 lbs.
53180
35 Spline 8-3/4” Mopar Spool
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs.
53186
30 Spline 8-3/4” Mopar Spool
Stock type 30 spline. 14 lbs.
MW 35 spline. For 1970 or later. 14 lbs .(3)(1)
LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL SPOOLS
D1554F33 33 Spline 9” Ford Spool
Strange Engineering spool (not profiled)
53125
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
For 3.812” case bore and 1/2” ring gear bolts. 9.7 lbs
53127
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
For 3.812” bore case and 7/16” ring gear bolts. 9.7 lbs
53129
40 Spline Modular 12 Bolt LW Spool
MW 40 spline. 12.5 lbs.
53134
35 Spline 8.8 Ford Lightweight Spool
MW 35 spline. Must use 57900 ring gear bolts 11 lbs.
53137
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
For 3.250” bore case. 8.5 lbs.
53138
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
Summers Bros. type for 3.250” bore case. 9 lbs.
53145
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
MW 35 spline for 2.983 or 3.062 bore case. 8.75 lbs.
53147
53148
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
MW 35 spline for 3.250” case. 9 lbs.
53165
35 Spline12-Bolt Chevy LW Spool *
MW 35 spline. 11 lbs.
53173
35 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool
MW 35 spline. For Series 3 gears. 17 lbs.
53175
35 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool
MW 35 spline. 17 lbs.
53177
40 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool
Requires 58505 bearings and proper housing ends. 16 lbs.
53187
35 Spline 8 3/4 Mopar LW Spool
MW 35 spline. 12.5 lbs.
53195
35 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool
Stock type 35 spline. 17 lbs.
53265
35 Spline 12-Bolt Lightweight Spool*
MW 35 spline 3.250” bore carrier 1.1 lbs.
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool
Strange type for 3.250” bore case. 10.5 lbs.
Notes: (1) G.M. applications require C-Clip eliminator or other axle retention method. (2) 40 spline spools require 45 mm bore wheel
bearing and matching housing ends. (3) 35 spline spools require wheel bearings and housing ends that utilize with 1.531 or larger
13
ALUMINUM SPOOLS
In the never ending battle to reduce rotating driveline weight, Mark Williams offers spools
manufactured from forged aluminum. MW’s aluminum spools are successfully being used in Pro
Stock, Comp, Super Comp, Super Gas and Stock eliminator cars. They are machined from 7075-T6
aluminum alloy forgings and hard coat anodized for durability. Aluminum spools are
approximately half the weight of the profile milled steel spools. The 35 spline aluminum spools
are currently available for 9” Ford, 8 3/4” Mopar and Chevy 12 bolt rears. The 40 spline spools
are available for 9” Fords as well as Dana 60 rears. 28 and 31 spline aluminum 9” Ford spools are
also available but recommended only for oval track racing. Aluminum 9” Ford 40 spline spools
must be used in a case with a 3.812” bore while the 35 spline aluminum 9” Ford spool requires a
case with a 3.250” bore. 9” Ford 40 spline steel spools are available for 3.25 and 3.812” bore cases
(page 13).
53123
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
53158
Stock Ford 31 spline, weight 4.9 lbs
53128
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
53166 12-Bolt Modular Aluminum Spool
Stock Ford 28 spline, weight 5.0 lbs.
53133
MW 35 spline for 12-bolt modular housing, weight 5.2 lbs.
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
MW 40 spline, for 3.812 bore case. 4.7 lbs
53135
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
MW 35 spline, for 3.250” bore case. 4.9 lbs.
53149
12-Bolt Aluminum Spool
*MW 35 spline, housing must be bored to 3.250”. Includes 58925
shim kit and 53161A bearing kit. 5.3 lbs.
53174
53179
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
Dana 60 Aluminum Spool
MW 40 spline, 58505 axle bearings and proper housing ends
required. 8 lbs.
8-3/4” Mopar Aluminum Spool
MW 35-spline, weight 5.2 lbs.
35 Spline Strange Style Spool
LOCKING CARRIERS
225S-23A
187S-13A
187S-17B
187S-35C
187S-35S
DETROIT LOCKER® is offered for popular 9” Ford applications (28 and 31-spline), as well as Dana 60 rear ends. These units are designed to
provide power to both wheels even in those situations where one tire loses traction. Detroit lockers will also compensate for differences in wheel
speed when turning corners by letting the wheel with the larger turning radius overrun and unlock from the other wheel.
187S-13A 9” Ford 28 spline Locker
187S-17B 9” Ford 31 spline Locker
187S-35S 9” Ford 35 spline Locker
Billet steel housing. Requires 3.250” bore case.
187S-35C 9” Ford 35 spline Locker
Nodular iron housing. Requires 3.250” bore case.
225S-23A Dana 60 Detroit Locker®
35 Spline for 4 series gears.
OPEN CARRIERS
MW manufactures steel billet open 57260 9” Open Carrier, 31 spline
carriers for 9” Ford and the MW 11” Special 4140 billet housing with 4 spider gears for 3.25” bore case.
Modular. The Billet 4140 billet carrier
produces by MW is available for the 90030 Modular 11” Open Carrier, 40 spline
9” Ford and the MW 11” Modular Special 4140 billet housing and spider gears for 2.91-3.20 ratio gears.
rear. The 9” unit utilizes 31 spline 90034 Modular 11” Open Carrier, 40 spline
axle gears and 4 pinion gears. The Special 4140 billet housing and spider gears for 3.73-5.83 ratio gears.
Billet 9” Ford
Modular 11” bearing journals are over size and
require a 3.250” bore case. The 11” carrier is also a 4 pinion
design from heat treated 4140 and is available with 40 or 35 spline
axle side gears. The 11” carrier is available for 2.91 and 3.20 ratios
and 3.73 thru 5.83 ratios.
14
POSI-TRACTION UNITS
There are a number of excellent after-market posi-traction units which have proven to be
exceptionally reliable in increased power street machines. These units provide increased
traction prior to wheel spin. This is accomplished through the use of pre-loaded
friction discs and to some degree the wedging action of the axle gear. This
distributes torque to the wheel with superior traction rather than letting the wheel
without traction spin free. All Eaton™ units are equipped with carbon fiber
clutches and are available for 10 and 12 bolt GM passenger car and truck rears as
well as 8.8 Ford rears.
57311
19556
9” Ford Posi-Traction
31 spline clutch type Ford Motorsports posi-traction.
19510
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction
19557
30 spline with 800 lb clutch preload. For 4.10-6.14 ratios.
19554
8.5 10 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction
28 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 2.73 and up ratios.
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction (Series 3)
19588
30 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 to 4.10 ratios.
19555
12 Bolt Eaton™ Truck Posi-Traction
400lb preload unit, 30-spline for 3.73 to 5.38 ratio.
8.8 Ford Eaton™ Posi-Traction
31 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 and up ratios.
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction
19603
30 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 4.10 and up ratios.
8.2” GM Eaton™ Posi-Traction
28 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 and up ratios.
BEARINGS
57570
57510
53143
AND
57920
57900
58900
53121 8” Ford Spool Bearings
53124 9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D.
53126 9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D.
To use a spool with 2” dia. journals in a 3.812 case
53131
53141
53142
53143
53151
53157
53161
8” Ford and 8.5” 10-Bolt Spool Bearings
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 2.893” O.D.
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.062” O.D.
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.250” O.D.
’57-64 Olds/Pontiac Spool Bearings
GM 12 Bolt Inner Carrier Shim, (ea)
GM 12 Bolt Spool Bearings
RING GEAR BOLTS
All MW spool bearing kits feature
Timken® bearings and races. MW also
offers special bearing adapters to allow
the use of spools for smaller bore sizes
to be used in larger bores. MW ring
gear bolts are manufactured with a
ground shoulder to drive against, while
the 12 point bolt heads are drilled to
accept aircraft type safety wire. This
fool-proof method eliminates the chance
of the ring gear bolts loosening and
“backing out”.
53161A GM 12 Bolt Spool Bearings (for 53158)
53171 Dana 60 Spool Bearings
53181 8-3/4” Mopar Spool Bearings
57510 Spool Shim Adapter, (pr)
To use a spool with 1.7” dia. journals in a 3.250” case
57570
Adjuster Adapter, (pr)
To adapt a 3.062” bearing to 3.250” bore case. MW case ONLY
57900 MW 9” Ford Ring Gear Bolt Set
57920 MW 9” Ford Ring Gear Bolt Set
1/2”-20 threads
58900 MW G.M.12 Bolt Ring Gear Bolt Set
15
CUSTOM SHAFTS
Mark Williams Enterprises has the capacity in-house to machine and heat treat just about any
type of custom shaft. Whether you are in need of a special double splined shaft, a stub
shaft, an input shaft or a special flanged axle, MW can build it for you. The staff
at Mark Williams Enterprises can take a drawing with basic dimensions
and spline information and produce engineered 3-D drawings to create
CNC programs. We can also help specify materials and heat treat
processes for special applications.
50000
Custom Splined Axle Shafts
Send, fax or E-mail axle information and/or samples to Mark Williams engineering staff for a quote on price and delivery.
VIPER CV JOINT CONVERSION
Viper enthusiasts can improve the strength and reliability of their current
configuration. We have converted the CV Flanges to forged 4340, the half-shafts
to 300M , and added oversized CV joints. All viper half-shaft kits include 4340
inner and outer CV flanges and a 300M half-shaft. The V-60025 kit is a larger
than stock, 108 mm CV replacement. The V-60005 is the ultimate in strength,
with the largest allowable 128 mm CV joint. In addition to added strength,
Generation 2 cars handling is drastically improved by the CV configuration. For
strip applications, couple your half-shafts with a lightened steel spool. The V-60005 and
V-60001 combination is race proven, and has been run in a 7.99 second, 180 mph car.
V-60005
V-60005A 33 Spline Viper CV Half-Shaft Assembly (2 required)
Direct Viper Generation 2 or 3 Replacement. Modifications to outer hub required, .
V-60010 Rework Rear Hubs
Bore and broach rear hubs ta accept larger spline half-shafts.
V-60025A Viper CV Half-Shaft Assembly (2 required.)
Viper Generation 3 replacement. Factory upgrade. No modifications required.
V-60000 Viper Spool and CV Shaft Kit
Includes Lightweight 35 spline spool, Spool CV Flanges, Inner CV Flanges, Half Shafts, CV Joints
Outer Flanges and the required broaching of the rear hubs.
PANTERA AXLES
AND
CV CONVERSION
We now manufacture a CV Joint conversion kit for Ford Pantera. This kit replaces the original U-Joint style half-shafts. Enjoy all the benefits of
a CV joint style design, including smoother operation, less binding, and greater range of movement. For a truly superior axle assembly, mate
these to the 50510G stub axles. 50500 stub axles are compatible with the original half shafts and CV upgrade. All
Stub Axles and CV flanges are made from 4340 and the half-shaft is made from 300m.
50510 Pantera Stub Axles (Pair)
4340 8 spline stub axle pair. OEM Replacement axle.
50510G Gun Drilled Pantera Stub Axles (Pr.)
Same as 50510 but includes 5/8” gun-drilled center.
P-6000 Half-Shaft CV Conversion
Includes everything you need to convert to CV Joints.
C5 CORVETTE HALF SHAFTS
50220
50210
50510
50510G
If you have a hot Corvette, this is the differential output shaft that you need to put reliable power to the
ground. With generous shaft radiuses to eliminate stress risers, and manufactured from 300M aircraft
steel, these shafts have been designed to put up with the rigors of any high powered
application. Applications are for 1997 and newer C5 Corvette axle shafts that attach to the
constant velocity (CV) joints. The internal intermediate shaft is also available.
Differential shafts can also be built in custom lengths for street rod or specialty
applications using the Corvette rear...Axle shafts are sold in pairs. Intermediate shaft one.
C5 Corvette 300M Intermediate (one)
300M intermediate shaft for '97 thru '02 C5 Corvette. Replaces GM P/N 88893900
50220
C5 Corvette 300M Axle C/V Shafts (pair)
300M C.V axle shafts (pair) ‘97 thru ‘02 C5 Corvette Replaces GM P/N 10311201
16
50210
IMPORT DRIVELINE & BRAKES
RA Acura drivelines often with near-catastrophic results. Even mild power-adders like a “50-shot”
U
C
A
/
nitrous kit can lead to broken CV joints, shafts, etc. Attempts have been made to remedy this
HONDA
by firms offering “after-market” products manufactured from supposedly higher grade
AL situation
N
O
I
materials
but these too have failed with alarming regularity. This prompted a number of racers to
S
Mark Williams Enterprises for a solution, and after a year of extensive R&D here it is!
PROFES TH contactStarting
with a “clean sheet of paper,” M-W engineers have developed a “bulletproof”
G
N
E
hub-to-hub
driveline that incorporates absolutely no factory parts! The interior shafts
R
ST
are substantially beefier than OEM, with the spline 45% larger than the factory
NE
I
L
intermediate shaft! They’re also forged from a superior Tri-alloy material and
E
V
austempered for optimum ductility (same process as M-W Hi-Torque racing axles). CV
DRI
The stress of any serious increases in horsepower can spell instant doom for OEM Honda and
60100-AP
joints are also significantly larger than stock and of a high angle design. A large 15-plunge
style CV joint replaces the factory “tripod” style inner joint, and a forged steel spool ensures
equal power transfer with absolute reliability. Outer shafts are made from 300M material. What’s more,
the components have been machined to reduce weight wherever possible, with the net result being an
incredibly strong driveline at the lightest possible weight. The finishing touch comes in the way of racing
brakes with 11-3/4” drilled steel rotors, aluminum hats and 4-piston aluminum calipers. Complete
packages are available for all popular Honda/Acura applications.
FORGED 4140 SPOOL
HALF SHAFT ASSEMBLY
DISC BRAKES
• Lightened flange to reduce rotating
mass
• Accepts OEM Ring Gear Bolts
• Intermediate Shaft
• Increased shaft size results in a 73%
increase in overall strength
• Positive Retention eliminates snap rings
• CV Flanges are incorporated into the
shaft to make a superior strength single
piece shaft
• Increased shaft size results in a 75%
increase in overall strength
• Half Shaft is made from 300m aircraft
alloy and thru-hardened
• Large Size 15 Plunge Style CV Joints
replace factory “tripod” joint
• Outer flange is mated to a High Angle
CV Joint to allow better articulation
• Wheel flange available with dual 4 hole
metric patterns or dual standard 5 hole
patterns
• Custom mounting brackets insure seamless installation
• Aluminum hat dissipates rotor heat
quickly
• 4 piston MW aluminum brake calipers
• 11-3/4” diameter brake rotor (must use
15” Wheels)
• Hi Friction Ferodo Pads
60100-AP
Accord/Prelude Driveline and Brake System
Complete system for Accord/Prelude trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and
MW brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
60100-LS
Honda/Acura LS Driveline and Brake System
Complete system for Honda LS trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and MW
brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
60100-GSR Honda/Acura GSR Driveline and Brake System
Complete system for Honda GSR trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and MW
brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
WE HAVE PRODUCED MANY SPECIAL ENGINEERED DRIVE LINE SOLUTIONS THAT UTILIZE CONSTANT VELOCITY DRIVING SYSTEMS.
SOME OF THE MODELS THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED INCLUDE PANTERA AXLES AND CV DRIVESHAFTS, DODGE VIPER SPOOL AND
AXLE SYSTEMS, MAZDA AXLE AND SPOOL SYSTEMS. WE DO CUSTOM DESIGN DRIVE SYSTEMS FOR UNUSUAL APPLICATIONS. EXTRA
ENGINEERING AND PROGRAMMING CHARGES WILL APPLY.
MITSUBISHI 3/S OUTPUT SHAFT
Made from 300M, the 3SI-25 output shaft is designed to handle increased
horsepower in your 3/S application. Our shaft is designed to replace the
original transfer case output shaft in AWD Stealth and 3000 GT cars with
2nd generation transmissions. The 3SI-225S is a 300m upgrade to the stock
transfer case spool. Weak splines in the spool will no longer be an issue.
3SI-225S
3SI-25
3SI-25 Transfer case 25 spline output shaft
3SI-18 Transfer case 18 spline output shaft
SI-225S Transfer case spool (2nd gen. trans.)
17
RICHMOND GEARS
Mark Williams Enterprises, Inc. is one of the nation’s largest factory warehouse
distributors for Richmond Gear. At any given time, you’ll find over 1,300 ring &
pinion gear sets in stock at MW! This includes standard gears for oval track and
street use as well as 9310 alloy “Pro” gears for drag race only applications.
Additionally, Mark Williams Enterprises, Inc. has everything necessary
to properly install and set up a rear end gear set. This includes
installation kits, tools, measuring devices, gear marking compound,
special ring gear bolts, safety wire and gear lube. On the following pages
you will find a detailed listing of the applications and ratios available.
Should Richmond Gear introduce any additional ratios following the
printing of this catalog, rest assured that they will be added to our inventory
and available for immediate shipment. Competitors and chassis shops alike
have come to rely on MW for gears because we offer.....
•SAME-DAY SHIPPING OF STOCK GEARS •COMPETITIVE PRICES •COURTEOUS & KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES STAFF
8620 “STANDARD” GEARS
9310 “PRO” GEARS
“L ARGE PINION PRO” GEARS
Standard Gears are primarily used in oval
track and street applications. The material
and heat treating provide excellent wear
service life but doesn’t handle shock loads
as well as Pro gears. 9” Ford standard
gears have a 28 spline pinion.
“Pro” gears are designed specifically for
drag racing. The 9310 alloy and heat treat
are ideally suited to absorb high impact
shock loads. 9” Ford ratios from 4:86 to
6:50 have 28 spline pinions. Select ratios
available for 12 Bolt and Dana 60.
These 9” & 9 1/2” Ford gears are built
specifically for ultra high horsepower drag
racing applications from 9310 material.
All available ratios (3.40 to 4.86) have a
large 35 spline shaft.
9” FORD GEAR NOTES
While many new 9” gears are now manufactured for clearance, many 9”
Ford ring gears require modification to clear the pinion pilot bearing area.
Do not grind on the case. Instead, chamfer the ring gear for clearance.
Oval Track applications require a baffle to prevent all the lube from
becoming built up in the right axle housing tube. We recommend using
one gallon of Torco GL-6 racing gear oil, SAE 85w140 (Part number 550030, 1qt.). Our rear end filler bung and cap, part numbers 5015 & 5016
installed in the top of the housing make it easy to fill. If using a stock
Ford front pinion bearing support, it must be the unit that has the
HM89443 rear cone. Richmond Standard Pinion Pro gears must use a
HM89444 rear cone. This bearing has a larger radius that matches the
increased radius in the pinion. The recommended pinion support is our
Heavy Duty Support, part number 57620 or 57670, which uses even
larger bearings. All 35-spline pro gears must use the pinion support, part
number 57630 or 57680, with matching coupler or yoke. Some gears do
not have the engraved pinion setting depth (OEM gears); however, the
setting depth can be calculated. The master
housing dimension for 9” Ford is 4.375”.
This is the distance from the
centerline of the thirdmember case
main bearing bores, to the
shoulder that the stock rear
pinion bearing would stop
against. By measuring the
pinion head thickness, then
subtracting this measurement from
4.375” (master housing dimension),
the setting depth is obtained. Some of
these pinions are marked with a + or - and a
number. This is the variance from the master housing dimension that the
pinion needs to be set. Example: If the pinion is marked +2 the master
housing dimension would be 4.375” plus .002 or 4.377”.
GM 12 BOLT CARRIER NOTES
“A”
W HAT
“A”
Car
Truck
2 Series
.590”
NA
3 Series
1.020”
.895”
4 Series
1.325”
1.145”
Check the distance from the
bearing shoulder to ring gear
flange (“A”) to determine
the carrier series for proper
ring & pinion selection.
Caution: If a ring gear spacer is to be used,
check the length of the register on the carrier. On some OEM carriers the ring gear
register is not long enough to register the
ring gear when a spacer is used. Do not
run a ring gear that does not locate on the
register of the carrier.
GEAR RATIO IS RIGHT FOR MY CAR ?
The answer to this often asked question is easier than you might think. The Mark Williams Gear Ratio Calculator
allows you to insert 3 of 4 variables, tire diameter , engine RPM and MPH with the result being the final gear ratio
required. You can also use it to determine the correct tire size or see how a tire size change will affect engine RPM
and/or speed. This is a must for the serious racers tool box.
18
9” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET/OVAL TRACK GEARS
429-0121
429-0038
429-0092
429-0144
629-0268
629-0284
629-0364
629-0414
429-0027
629-0195
629-0365
629-0361
629-0366
629-0286
629-0177
629-0272
629-0179
2.91
3.00
3.07
3.10
3.15
3.25
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
3.60
3.70
3.75
3.82
3.89
4.00
4.11
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
Richmond
‘57-’73 Passenger Car - ‘57-’87 Light Trucks
629-0367
Gear
Gear
629-0161
Gear
629-0369
Gear
629-0185
Gear
629-0379
Gear
629-0362
Gear
629-0067
Gear
629-0360
Gear
629-0068
Gear
629-0270
Gear
629-0069
Gear
629-0070
Gear
629-0288
Gear
629-0199
Gear
629-0290
Gear
629-0276
Gear
629-0197
4.22
4.33
4.50
4.56
4.63
4.71
4.86
5.00
5.14
5.29
5.43
5.67
5.83
6.00
6.20
6.33
6.50
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
1.313” dia. pinion stem 28 spline pinion
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
Richmond Gear
729-0045
729-0079
729-0080
729-0070
729-0060
4.11
4.29
4.57
4.71
4.86
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Large
Large
Large
Large
Large
729-0007
729-0019
729-0021
729-0023
729-0054
5.67
5.83
6.00
6.20
6.50
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
9310 DRAG RACE L ARGE PINION PRO GEARS
729-0001
729-0002
729-0003
729-0004
729-0043
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.89
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Large
Large
Large
Large
Large
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
9310
9310
9310
9310
9310
1.875” dia. pinion stem 35 spline pinion
9310 DRAG RACE STANDARD PINION PRO GEARS
729-0066
729-0078
729-0017
729-0069
729-0005
4.86
5.00
5.14
5.29
5.43
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
9310
9310
9310
9310
9310
9” FORD INSTALLATION KITS
83-1011
Installation Kit, 9” Ford w/ 2.893” bearing
83-1013
Installation Kit, 9” Ford w/ 3.062” bearing
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
9310
9310
9310
9310
9310
1.313” dia. pinion stem 28 spline pinion
Gear 9310
Gear 9310
Gear 9310
Gear 9310
Gear 9310
83-5728
Installation Kit, 9” Ford std pinion
For 3.250 case w/MW support. Includes pilot bearing
83-5735
Installation Kit, 9” Ford large pinion
For 3.250 case w/MW support. Includes pilot bearing
9 1/2” FORD GEARS
9310 DRAG RACE LARGE PINION PRO GEARS
729-0097 4.11 9-1/2” Ford
729-0098 4.29 9-1/2” Ford
729-0101 4.57 9-1/2” Ford
729-0100 4.86 9-1/2” Ford
28 spline standard pinion.
729-0108 5.00 9-1/2” Ford
28 spline standard pinion.
729-0110 5.11 9-1/2” Ford
28 spline standard pinion.
Large Pinion 9310
Large Pinion 9310
Large Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
729-0109
28 spline
729-0112
28 spline
729-0111
28 spline
729-0113
28 spline
5.14 9-1/2” Ford
standard pinion.
5.17 9-1/2” Ford
standard pinion.
5.20 9-1/2” Ford
standard pinion.
5.43 9-1/2” Ford
standard pinion.
Std. Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
Std. Pinion 9310
9-1/2” MWE LOW FRICTION FORD GEARS
9310 PRO STOCK 32 SPLINE INPUT
MWE-500
MWE-511
MWE-514
MWE-517
MWE-520
1.875” dia. pinion stem 35 spline pinion (unless noted otherwise noted))
5.00 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.11 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.14 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.17 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.20 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear .
As used int the MW Low Friction 57022 Thirdmenbers 45mm rear pinion bearing ID, 32 spline pinion
MWE-525
MWE-529
MWE-533
MWE-543
MWE-550
5.25 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.29 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.33 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.43 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear
5.50 9-1/2” Low Friction Gear .
These Gears Require a 39936 Pinion Yoke and a 57675 Pinion Support for Installation
19
8.8” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0103
429-0104
629-0311
629-0310
3.55
3.73
3.89
4.10
‘85-’98 Mustang\Hi Po. - ‘81-’97 F100 & F150
8.8” Ford
8.8” Ford
8.8” Ford
8.8” Ford
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
1.626” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
629-0376 4.33 8.8” Ford Gear 8620
629-0312 4.56 8.8” Ford Gear 8620
629-0382 4.88 8.8” Ford Gear 8620
8620
8620
8620
8620
8.8” FORD INSTALLATION KIT
83-1043 Installation Kit, 8.8” Ford .
8” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
‘65-’79 Mustang - ‘67-’72 Cougar - ‘64-’72 Comet - ’60-’72 Falcon & Fairlane .188” dia. pinion stem 25 spline pinion
429-0100 3.00 8” Ford Gear 8620
429-0101 3.55 8” Ford Gear 8620
429-0111 3.80 8” Ford Gear 8620
629-0064 4.11 8” Ford Gear 8620
629-0065 4.62 8” Ford Gear 8620
8” FORD INSTALLATION KIT
83-1015 Installation Kit, 8” Ford
7.5” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
‘79-’95 All Ford Compact and midsize - ‘83-’90 Bronco/Ranger - ‘86-’96 Aerostar 1.626” dia. pinion stem 28 spline pinion
429-0042 3.45 7.5” Ford Gear 8620
429-0043 3.73 7.5” Ford Gear 8620
629-0318 4.10 7.5” Ford Gear 8620
629-0320 4.56 7.5” Ford Gear 8620
629-0348 5.13 7.5” Ford Gear 8620
80-0271 Special cross pin for ratios with
7.5” FORD INSTALLATION KIT
83-1045 Installation Kit, 7.5” Ford
DANA 60 GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0130
629-0052
629-0053
629-0054
3.73
4.10
4.56
4.88
‘66-’73 Dodge & Chrysler w/Hemi - Various 3/4 ton trucks ‘67-’98 9 3/4” ring gear 1.626” dia. pinion stem 29 spline pinion
Dana
Dana
Dana
Dana
60
60
60
60
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
629-0057 5.13 Dana 60 Gear 8620
629-0146 5.38 Dana 60 Gear 8620
706033-8X 7.17 Dana 60 Spicer Gear
8620
8620
8620
8620
9310 DRAG RACE PRO GEARS
729-0011
729-0077
729-0068
729-0025
4.10
4.56
4.88
5.13
Dana
Dana
Dana
Dana
60
60
60
60
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
9 3/4” ring gear 1.626” dia. pinion stem 29 spline pinion
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
729-0013 5.38 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310
729-0041 6.17 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310
729-0037 6.50 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310
9310
9310
9310
9310
DANA 60 INSTALLATION KIT
83-1034 Installation Kit, Dana 60
‘55-’64 CHEVROLET GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
‘55-’64 Chevy passenger car - ‘55-’62 Corvette (thirdmember type)
3
SERIES
CARRIERS 3.08
RING GEAR
LIGHTENING
AND NUMERICALLY LOWER
4
SERIES CARRIERS
3.23
AND NUMERICALLY LOWER
MW offers a special ring gear lightening service for 9” Ford, 12 bolt GM (4:88 to 6:20 ratio) and Dana
60 gears. This process is performed on a CNC lathe with special tooling to produce a generous
radius and smooth finish. The result is a weight reduction of between 1/2 and 3-1/2 lbs.
LRG
20
8.2” ring gear 1.437” dia. pinion stem 17 spline pinion
629-0022 4.56 ‘55-’64 Chevy Gear - 4 Series
58970
8.2” GM Ring Gear Spacer
429-0052 3.55 ‘55-’64 Chevy Gear - 3 Series
429-0099 3.73 ‘55-’64 Chevy Gear - 3 Series
629-0163 4.11 ‘55-’64 Chevy Gear - 4 Series
Lighten ring gear. (with gear purchase)
GM CAR 12 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET/OVAL TRACK GEARS
429-0094
429-0113
429-0095
429-0039
429-0096
429-0040
629-0304
629-0031
629-0378
629-0306
3.08
3.42
3.55
3.73
3.73
3.90
4.10
4.10
4.33
4.56
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
-
‘65-’72 Chevelle/Chevy II - ‘67-’72 Camaro - ‘70-’72 Nova/GTO/Firebird
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
4
3
series
series
series
series
series
series
series
series
series
series
629-0032
629-0308
629-0033
629-0034
629-0035
629-0036
629-0037
629-0038
80-0269
58950
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
4.56 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
4.88 GM Car 12 Bolt - 3 series
4.88 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.14 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.38 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.57 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.86 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
6.14 GM Car 12 Bolt - 4 series
Special cross pin for gears w/
12 Bolt Ring Gear Spacer
For using 4.10 to 6.14 ratio gears on 3 series carrier.
3
SERIES CARRIERS
3.07
TO
3.73
4
SERIES CARRIERS
9310 DRAG RACE PRO GEARS
729-0099
729-0074
729-0072
729-0064
729-0027
4.11
4.33
4.56
4.88
5.14
12
12
12
12
12
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
3.73
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion, 4 series
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
729-0029
729-0031
729-0033
729-0035
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
GM CAR 12 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
5.38
5.57
5.86
6.14
12
12
12
12
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Pro
Pro
Pro
Pro
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
83-1019 Installation Kit, GM Car 12 Bolt
GM TRUCK 12 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0068
429-0070
429-0072
429-0280
629-0350
629-0204
3.08
3.42
3.73
3.73
4.10
4.10
‘64-’82 C10/K10 & K20, Blazer - G10/G20 Van
GM Truck
GM Truck
GM Truck
GM Truck
GM Truck
GM Truck
12
12
12
12
12
12
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
-
3
3
3
4
3
4
series
series
series
series
series
series
GM TRUCK 12 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
3
SERIES CARRIERS
3.40
1.437” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
629-0352
629-0206
629-0298
629-0300
629-0302
80-0269
4.56 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 3 series
4.56 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series
4.88 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.13 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series
5.38 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series
Special cross pin for gears w/
83-1018 Installation Kit, GM Truck 12 Bolt
AND NUMERICALLY LOWER
4
SERIES CARRIERS
3.73
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER
GM 8.5” 10 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0017
429-0019
429-0278
429-0033
429-0041
429-0034
629-0165
3.08
3.23
3.42
3.70
3.73
3.90
4.10
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
GM
‘70-’76 Chevelle & Olds F85 - ‘70-’75 Chevy II - ‘70-’81 Camaro/Firebird/GTO
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
8.5” 10
ALL
GM 8.5” 10 BOLT
629-0167
629-0169
629-0171
629-0173
629-0175
80-0272
58980
For using
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
GEARS FIT
3
INSTALLATION KIT
SERIES CARRIERS
(2.73
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
4.56 GM 8.5 10 Bolt
4.88 GM 8.5 10 Bolt
5.13 GM 8.5 10 Bolt
5.38 GM 8.5 10 Bolt
5.57 GM 8.5 10 Bolt
Special cross pin for gears w/
8.5” 10 Bolt Ring Gear Spacer
2.56 or numerically lower series carrier.
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER) OR
MW SPOOL
83-1021Installation Kit, GM 8.5” 10 Bolt
83-1021-S Installation Kit, GM 8.5” 10 Bolt
For use with MW spool
* All Richmond gears shown in blue type are special orders only. Please allow extra time for delivery.
21
GM 8.2” 10 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0011
429-0013
429-0015
429-0112
3.08
3.36
3.55
3.73
‘64-’72 Chevelle - ‘64-’70 Chevy II - ‘67-’70 Camaro - ‘70-’72 Nova
65-70
65-70
65-70
65-70
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
Chevy
8.2” 10
8.2” 10
8.2” 10
8.2” 10
ALL
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
1.438” dia. pinion stem 25 spline pinion
629-0159 4.11 65-70 Chevy 8.2” 10 Bolt
629-0028 4.56 65-70 Chevy 8.2” 10 Bolt
629-0030 5.13 65-70 Chevy 8.2” 10 Bolt
GEARS FIT
3
SERIES CARRIERS
GM 8.2” 10 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
(3.08
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER)
83-1022 Installation Kit, GM 8.2 10 Bolt
GM 7.5” 10 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0048
429-0001
429-0003
429-0005
429-0007
429-0009
629-0326
2
2.73
3.08
3.23
3.42
3.73
4.10
4.56
‘82 and later Camaro/Z28/Firebird/Trans Am - S10/S15 truck
1.437” dia. pinion stem 27 spline pinion
429-0044 3.23 7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 3 Series
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
429-0045 3.42 7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 3 Series
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
429-0046 3.73 7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 3 Series
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
629-0322 4.10 7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 3 Series
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
629-0324 4.56 7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 3 Series
58970
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
8.2” GM Ring Gear Spacer
7-1/2” GM 10 Bolt - 2 Series
80-0270 Special cross pin for ratios w/
SERIES CARRIERS
3.08
AND NUMERICALLY LOWER
3
SERIES CARRIERS
3.23
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER
83-1016 Installation Kit, GM 7.5” 10 Bolt ‘72-’81
GM 7.5” 10 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
83-1044 Installation Kit, GM 7.5” 10 Bolt ‘82-’94
‘57-’64 OLDS-PONTIAC GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
‘57-’64 Thirdmember type rears
9.3” ring gear 1.875” dia. 13 spline pinion stem
629-0009 4.88 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear
629-0006 4.10 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear
629-0008 4.56 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear
ALL ‘57-’64 OLDS PONT GEARS
‘57-’62 OLDS-PONTIAC GEARS
FIT
4
SERIES CARRIERS
(4.10
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER) OR
MW SPOOLS
83-5810 Installation Kit, ’57-’62 Olds Pontiac
83-5810-S Installation Kit, ’57-’62 Olds Pontiac
For use with MW Spool
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 742 CASE
8620 STREET GEARS
‘57-’68 Dodge, Chrysler and Plymouth
1.750” dia. pinion stem 10 spline pinion
629-0375 3.91 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
629-0045 4.10 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
629-0046 4.30 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
629-0047 4.57 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
629-0048 4.86 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
629-0145 5.13 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4”
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 742
83-1037 Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 742
83-5310-S Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 742
For use with MW Spool
22
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 489 CASE
8620 STREET GEARS
629-0371
629-0058
629-0059
629-0060
3.55
3.91
4.10
4.30
‘69-’73 Dodge, Chrysler and Plymouth
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
Gear
Gear
Gear
Gear
1.875” dia. pinion stem 10 spline pinion
629-0061 4.57 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8”
629-0062 4.86 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8”
629-0063 5.13 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8”
1-7/8”
1-7/8”
1-7/8”
1-7/8”
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 489
83-1031
Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 489
MW 11” MODUALR REAR RING
9310 PRO GEAR MATERIAL
729-0121
729-0320
729-0120
729-0115
11” Ring and Pinion sets fits Moduar Differental 14 ring gear bolts 9/16-18 thread
2.91 11” Modular Gear, Series 1 Spool
3.20 11” Modular Gear, Series 1 Spool
3.89 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool
4.11 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool
SERIES 1
GEARS USE
53104 SPOOL
PINIONS
2.167” rear bearing dia. 40 spline input
729-0116 4.29 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool
729-0117 4.57 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool
729-0124 5.83 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool
90003 CARRIER, SERIES 2 GEARS
OR
AND
USE
53108 SPOOL
OR
90034 CARRIER
addition to other gear improvement processes offered by Mark Williams, there is now sub zero process to improve gear wear
UB Z
ZERO
ERO In
SSUB
characteristics. Cold treating a ring and pinion improves the metal crystal structure, decreasing the amount of retained austenite.
REATMENT What this means is a gear that will be stronger and last longer.
TTREATMENT
SUBZ
Cold treat ring and pinion (w/ purchase)
PINION HEX
91110
.
Hex broached pinion for lube pump
For internal lubrication pumps, a modification is needed to drive the lube pump. Please specify a 5/16” or 3/8” hex
MW offers Supra-Fin surface finish improvement for ring and pinion
sets. This fine micro finishing process reduces friction and
eliminates the need for break-in procedures required to assure a
long gear life. We exclusively protect the mounting and bearing
surfaces so this process will not alter the installation fit
SUPRA-FIN
Torco GL-6 Racing Gear oil has proven to be ideal for drag racing and oval track applications. SAE 85W-140 can be used when running a spool, posi-traction or open differentials. It provides superior adhesive strength and extreme anti-score protection. In addition,
the Torco gear oil available from MW is specially blended to include the friction modifying additives required for most clutch type positraction units. Available by the quart or 12 quart case. Look for the MW logo on the label.
55-0030Torco SAE 85-140 Gear Oil (1 qt)
55-0040Torco SAE 85-140 Gear Oil (12 qts)
RING
AND
PINION SET-UP VIDEOS
MW offers two educational installation videos. The MW video explains in step by step detail
the set-up of a MW 9” center section. The Richmond Gear video is designed for basic ring and
pinion gear set-ups. This video explains gear terminology and basic setup procedures for popular passenger car rear ends including 9” Ford, 10/12 Bolt Chevrolet, Dana 60 and 8 3/4”
Mopar. Both videos are a must for rear end set-ups.
Now
Now
Available
Available
on DVD!
DVD!
on
629-0000 Richmond Gear Video
MW 9” Ford Assembly Video on DVD
10098
MW 9” Ford Assembly Video on VHS
10099
23
MW BENCH MULE
The good solution for those hard to hold items is the Mark Williams Bench
Mule. The Bench Mule is a very sturdy and versatile fixture capable of holding differentials, transmissions, cylinder heads, etc. for assembly. Being able
to securely position your work is essential. With two axis adjustment and
heavy duty steel construction the MW Bench
Mule makes tough jobs much easier to handle. The standard arms will easily hold a
thirdmember or transmission and can even
hold a full size 12 bolt housing. Optional
attachments include arms for cylinder head
assembly, an attachment to hold either a 35
or 40 spline spool for torquing ring gear
bolts, and a special attachment to hold a MW
modular 12 bolt housing. For safe use, the
Bench Mule base must be securely mounted
to a heavy duty work bench or stand.
650
670
680
57492
650 with 680 Arms
Bench Mule
Spool Holding Fixture (35 & 40 spline)
Cylinder Head Holding Forks
Spool Holder, 35 & 40 spline (for vise)
670
DELUXE PINION DEPTH CHECKER
57492
PCD
Pinion depth is easily the most important element of correctly setting up a ring and pinion. The T&D
pinion depth checker, used by many leading shops and racers, is easy to use and allows you
to precisely set pinion depth. This deluxe kit has the components required for checking
the most popular rears including 10 & 12 Bolt GM, Dana 60, 8.8 & 9" Ford and 8 3/4
Mopar rears. All components are stored in the included plastic carrying case to prevent
damage. This is a very popular item and it works very well on a large variety of rears.
Unfortunately it will not work on Mark Williams aluminum and nodular cases due to the
captive pilot bearing area. Use PCMW for MW cases.
PCD
T&D Deluxe Pinion Depth Checker
MW PINION DEPTH CHECKER
MW 9” Ford thirdmember cases have more material around the pilot bearing than stock cases. This prevents the use of
the PCD pinion depth checker or simular tools that must have access to the tip of the pinion. Fortunately, MW cases are
precisely manufactured so that the required shim can be easily calculated. All you need to know is the distance from the
end of the pinion pilot stem to the flange of the support. The PCMW makes finding this measurement easy. 1” travel
dial indicator and precision calibration standard are included.
PCMW
PCMW Pinion Depth Checker Tool
Works with Mark Williams aluminum or nodular iron cases only. Must be 4.10 to 6.50 ratios ( the pinion head diameter is
too large on high ratios)
SPECIALTY SET-UP TOOLS
Mark Williams offers a variety of special tools to aid in the assembly and set-up of ring and pinions. These tools include a wrench to
hold either a female pinion coupler or 1350 series yoke while tightening/torquing the pinion nut, wrenches for turning the back
lash adjusters on a 9”, safety wire twist pliers, backlash indicator kit and pinion bearing pullers.
57493/57494
57488
300-2
300-2 Safety Wire Twist Pliers, 9” length
55-0001 Gear Marking Compound
57485 Adjuster Wrench, 3.812 case
57488 Coupler/Yoke Wrench
57490 Adjuster Wrench, 3.062 & 3.250 cases
24
55-0001
57493
57494
57499
90250
90250
57485
57490
Bearing Puller (standard pinion)
Bearing Puller (large pinion)
Backlash Indicator Kit
Slide Hammer, 12 Bolt Modular Cover
57499
9” FORD ASSEMBLIES
The steel housing MW 9" rear end assemblies are custom produced to suit your individual application. MW's years of experience assures you that the finished product will match your
exact requirements. Each assembly starts with a brand new
coil spring heavy duty 9" Ford center. 3" x 1/4” wall 4130
chromoly tubes are installed and given extensive internal supports. The thirdmember mounting flange is reinforced at the
attachment stud locations. MW housing ends are installed after
all structural welding is completed, including any suspension
mounts and\or rear brace, to assure true alignment. Thirdmembers are available from the economical nodular iron carrier to the full competition thru
bolt aluminum case with oversize 9-1/2" gears. Axle choices available range
from the standard MW Hi-Torque axles to the trick Super-Light gun drilled
models. The new MW Ultimate axles are also available in assemblies with 40
spline for an additional charge. The assemblies below are a few popular combinations, call for a quote on a package that is best suited to your application.
57000
9” Ford Complete Pro Quality Rear
Aluminum thirdmember with thru bolt case, L.W. steel spool, Pro
Gears, ball bearing pinion support and MW yoke, Super-Light gun
drilled 40 spline axles with bearings and drive stud kit. Housing with
4130 tubes and brace. MW Disc brake kit with drilled steel rotors is
also included.
57050
9” Ford Complete M/L Economy Rear
MasterLine Nodular iron thirdmember, standard spool, 8620 gears,
MW tapered bearing pinion support and MW Ford pinion yoke, standard MasterLine axles with bearings and 1/2” wheel studs (less
brakes).
57060
9” Ford Complete Locker Rear
Nodular iron thirdmember, 31 or 35 spline locker, 8620 gears, MW
tapered bearing pinion support and MW Ford pinion yoke, standard
Hi-Torque axles with bearings and 1/2” wheel studs (less brakes).
57000 Pro Quality
57070 9” Ford Full Floater Rear
Aluminum thirdmember with thru bolt case, L.W. 40 spline steel spool,
Pro Gears, ball bearing pinion support and coupler. Housing has
4130 tubes and rear brace. Includes MW Floater kit with axles and
brakes. Specify wheel to wheel width, bolt pattern and splines ( same
dimensions as required on axles).
57080
9” Ford Floater Rear (less center)
Same as 57070 assembly described above less thirdmember assembly. Specify wheel to wheel width, bolt pattern and splines ( same
dimensions as required on axles).
57090
9” Ford Pro-Street Rear (less center)
New 9” Ford housing with rear brace installed. Includes MW Pro
Street Axles, wheel bearings, 5/8” drive stud kit and MW vented disc
brakes. Specify wheel to wheel width, bolt pattern and number of
splines ( same dimensions as required on axles). Complete rear less
thirdmember assembly.
9” FORD STEEL HOUSINGS
57220
57120
Mark Williams offers several steel 9" Ford housings. Housings with 3 1/4"
diameter tubes are built with brand new coil spring centers, 4130 tubes with internal
bracing and MW housing ends. MW also offers bolt-in housings for some popular
applications that are built from stock tube housings with all required suspension
mounts. All housings have a lube fill cap, drain, housing vent and thirdmember studs installed. We can install custom brackets to any of
these housings for an additional charge. If you are going to
install your mount brackets in the car, we can build the housing
with the ends tacked on, so it can be returned for final housing
end installation. This will eliminate the welding distortion
caused by the bracket installation process.
9” Ford housing with mounts
Fits ’82-’92 Camaro/Firebird. Includes torque arm mount.
57130
9” Ford housing with mounts
Fits ’78-’79 Mid size GM passenger car.
57140
9” Ford housing with mounts
Fits ’79-’93 Ford Mustang with Quad shock mounts.
57150
9” Ford Floater Housing
9” center with 4130 tubes, rear brace, filler cap and bung, vent and
floater spindles installed. Large tubed housing.
57160
9” Ford Housing with Mounts
Fits ‘64-’72 Mid size GM passenger car
57200
9” Ford Large Tube Housing
9” center with 3 1/4” 4130 tubes, filler cap and bung, vent and choice
of any MW housing ends. No brace.
57220
9” Ford Large Tube Housing
9” center with 3 1/4” 4130 tubes, rear brace, filler cap and bung, vent
and choice of any MW housing ends.
Check out the Modular 9" housing in this catalog. Many
quality minded builders are opting for the advanced modular rears available with a variety of housing ends and
mounting brackets. Sometimes the Modular is a better
cost value than the steel housings.
25
9” LOW FRICTION FORD THIRDMEMBERS
Special ratio Pro Stock gears are available in specially prepared thirdmember
assemblies. MW designed 9½" Richmond ratios are in stock and ready for
shipment in specially prepared complete thirdmembers.
The ratios available in the 9310 alloy 32 spline pinion are: 5.00, 5.11,
5.14, 5.17, 5.20, 5.25, 5.29, 5.33, 5.38, 5.43 and 5.50. This assembly can also be built with standard 9" Pro-Gear ratios utilizing the
same components, but are factory overhauled only. The assemblies
feature the Supra-Fin™ processing that reduces friction and eliminates material transfer normally found in the break-in process.
We also use a Sub-Zero thermo-treatment to eliminate the possibility of retained austenite. Most assemblies feature 9 ½" diameter gear with a 32 spline input (the same size as transmissions)
eliminating an obvious weak link in the drive system.
We use a ceramic dual opposed angular contact bearings pinion support that is lighter, while reducing friction and adding rigidity to the
pinion. A low drag pinion seal, used in conjunction with our aluminum
pinion yoke reduces the pre-load drag to about 5 inch pounds.
The proven MW Thru-Bolt case features the new Sure-lock™ adjuster system that makes other retention methods obsolete and prevents adjuster back
out. All units include a Computer pickup ring with two magnets. Top this with
expert setup to special low drag specifications creates the most advanced features
available. Our expert assembly technician meticulously assembles each unit documenting
all critical settings. Quick delivery of these assemblies is available.
FEATURES:
· POCKET LIGHTENED RING GEAR
· SUPRA-FIN™ FINISHED GEARS
· CERAMIC PINION SUPPORT BEARINGS
· ALUMINUM HARD COATED YOKE
· LOW-DRAG SEAL
57022-XXX Low Friction 9-1/2” Thirdmember
5.00 thru 5.50 Ratio, Sub-Zero, Supra-Fin treated 9-1/2” gears, specify ratio required.
· ALUMINUM 40 SPLINE SPOOL
· NEW SURE-LOCK ADJUSTER SYSTEM
· 32 SPLINE PINION INPUT 9 ½” GEAR
· SUB-ZERO TREATED RING AND PINION
· LOW DRAG ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
57022
Low Friction 9” Thirdmember
Units built with same component technology but ring and pinion gears
will be 9” 28 spline input 4.86 to 5.50 ratio Pro-Gears, specify ratio.
EXCHANGE THIRDMEMBER PROGRAM
To enhance our support for NHRA teams Mark Williams Enterprises has created a unique Thirdmember rebuild exchange
program. After purchasing the 57022 Low Friction Thirdmember, these units can be exchanged at the Mark Williams
Race Trailer at a NHRA national event for a rebuilt freshly set-up unit. The program is designed for thirdmembers that
require a gear change due to normal cycle life. Any damages other than gear replacement will incur an extra charge. The
MW Torco gear lube, (available at the MW Race Trailer) is required to be used exclusively in these thirdmembers.
We will make every effort to keep ample units available, but exchanges will be limited to units in stock. Units that have
been modified (mounting holes opened up or other damages) will be subject to additional charges. The replacement of
any other components due to gear breakage, etc. may require additional charges. These units can be exchanged for other
ratios that are available. If you were running a 5.00 ratio and wanted to change to a 5.14 you can exchange the unit by
paying the exchange/rebuild fee.
Exchange Rebuilt Thirdmember
Units can be exchanged at the MW Race Trailer at most national events or shipped to Mark Williams Enterprises for rebuild of existing unit.
Rebuild price for in plant overhauls includes return ground UPS shipping.
26
9” FORD THIRDMEMBERS
For the past two decades, Mark Williams Enterprises has continually improved
the effectiveness and reliability of our 9” Ford assemblies. We have introduced new and improved components, developed specialized tooling, and
created detailed processes to ensure that our 9” Ford thirdmembers are the
best money can buy. We offer three different styles of thirdmember cases
and several different types of pinion supports to cover almost any application. Assemblies can be built with nodular iron, lightweight aluminum, or
rugged thru-bolt style aluminum with several bore sized to match the
spool/carrier required. Pinion Supports are available with tapered
bearings or angular contact ball bearings. The experts at Mark
Williams can also assemble any of our thirdmembers to meet your
exact needs. We can insure the accuracy of all critical operations by utilizing numerous specialized tools and applying over forty years of experience with 9” Ford carriers. Our attention to detail is reflected in every
MW assembly and is evident even in the special transport containers supplied to ensure safe shipping and handling.
DOO
JOIINT YOKE
OR CAR THIRDMEM
MBERS , U-J
57003
Super Class/E.T. Bracket Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, MW 28
spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support, 4:86 to 6:50 9”
Richmond std. pinion Pro Gear. (58#)
57004
Street Rod Assembly
Aluminum light weight case (3.062 bore), Posi Unit, MW 1330 or 1350
pinion yoke, tapered pinion support, 3:00 to 6:50 9” 8620 gear. (70#)
57005
57008
Super Class/E.T. Bracket Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), 35 Spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support,
3:89 to 4:86 Richmond large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (58#)
57009
Pro Stock Assembly, Large Pinion
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support, 3:89 to 4:86
Richmond large pinion 9” Pro Gear.
57011
Pro Modified Assembly 9”
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support,
3:20 to 4:86 Richmond large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (62#)
57014
57019
9-1/2” Pro Stock Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support, 4.10 to 5.22 ratio
Richmond 9-1/2” Pro Gear.
Pro Stock Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
28 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support, 4:86 to 6.50
9” Richmond std. pinion Pro Gear.
9-1/2 Pro Modified Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball bearing support,
1/2” ring gear bolts, 4:10 to 4:86 Richmond large pinion 9-1/2” Pro
Gear. (68#)
E.T. Bracket/Oval Track Assembly
Nodular iron case (3.062 bore), standard spool (28, 31, 35 or 40
spline), 1350 MW pinion yoke, tapered support, 3:00 to 6:50 9”
Richmond 8620 gear. (72#)
Pro Street Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), 35 spline locker (nodular), MW
28 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, tapered support, 3.00 to 6.50 ratio
9” Richmond 8620 gear. (75#)
57021
Street/Oval Track Assembly
Nodular iron case (3.062 bore), 28 or 31-spline Detroit Locker, MW
1330 or 1350 pinion yoke, tapered support, 3:00 to 6:50 9” 8620 gear.
(75#)
57007
57015
DRAGSTER/ALTERED THIRDMEM
UPLER
MBERS , C OU
57001
Pro Dragster Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, 28
spline female pinion coupler, ball bearing support, 4.86 to 6.50 9” std.
pinion Pro Gear. (58#)
57002
Pro Dragster Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, 35
spline female pinion coupler, ball bearing support, 3:89 to 4:86 9”
Richmond large pinion Pro Gear. (61#)
57010
Top Dragster Assembly
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, 35 spline female pinion coupler, ball bearing support, 3:89 to
4:86 Richmond large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (58#)
57012
Superlite Econo/Comp Assembly
Lightweight aluminum case (3.250 bore), 35 spline aluminum spool,
ball bearing support, female pinion coupler, lightened 9” 8620
standard Gear. (49#)
57013
9-1/2” Alcohol Dragster-F/C Assy
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, 35 spline female pinion coupler, tapered pinion support, 1/2”
ring gear bolts, Richmond large pinion 9-1/2” Pro Gear. (62#)
9” FORD THIRDMEMBERS OPTIONS
MW Aluminum Pinion Yoke
MW Titanium Pinion Yoke
Richmond NASCAR Ratio Gears
Billet Detroit Locker (35 spline only)
57466 Internal Lubrication Pump Kit Option
57463
Case Modification for Internal Pump
Allows usage of 57466 Internal Pump Kit
CB
SUBZ
Ceramic Bearing Upgrades
Gear Cold Process
Supra-Fin™ Ring and Pinion Surface Improvement
27
9” FORD CASES
ALUMINUM THRU-BOLT - This highly refined, heavy-duty unit has become the "standard" in virtually all Pro
Stock cars. It weighs 11 lbs. less than our nodular iron carrier. The design and use of an ultra strong aircraft alloy
that is 30% stronger than billet 6061-T6, that makes this superior to Nodular case strength. Other features of the
MW Thru-Bolt™ cases include bolts that go clear through the center section along with cap aligning bushings create better compressive strength while maintaining cap alignment. The pinion pilot-bearing bore utilizes an extra
length bearing that is completely captive and retained by fasteners that are included. 7075 aluminum caps with billet steel adjusters and 7/16" pinion support stud kit are included. Bores sizes available are 3.062", 3.250" and
3.812". The 3.812” bore features "Grip-Lock"™ adjusters lock system. All thru bolt cases have clearance for
9-1/2" style gears (9-1/4" actual diameter). Fluid passage ports for external lubrication systems are pre drilled.
57430
9” Ford Thru-Bolt Aluminum Case
3.062” bore w/aluminum caps and adjusters. 16.5 lbs.
57440
9” Ford Thru-Bolt Aluminum Case
57448-95S 9” Ford Big Bore 9-1/2” Gear Case
3.250” bore w/aluminum caps and adjusters. 16.5 lbs.
57448
Same as 57448 but with steel billet caps. 19.6 lbs.
9” Ford Big Bore Thru-Bolt Case
3.812” bore w/aluminum caps and adjusters. (3.812 bore size
required to run a 40 spline aluminum spool) 16.2 lbs.
57448-95P 9” Ford Big Bore 9-1/2” Gear Case
Same as 57448 but machined for internal pump. 16.5 lbs.
LIGHT WEIGHT ALUMINUM - The MW Light Weight case is based on the MW nodular case design and
is cast from the same material used in the MW thru-bolt cases, but does not have the additional reinforcing and
heavier walls of a thru-bolt case. The case should only be used in lighter drag racing and street applications. The
MW Light Weight case is 5 lbs. lighter than a thru-bolt case and over 15 lbs. lighter than an OEM nodular case.
It can also be used in street or oval track applications.
57415
9” Ford Light Weight Case
3.062” bore with aluminum caps and adjusters. 11.5 lbs.
57425
9” Ford Light Weight Case
3.250” bore with aluminum caps and adjusters. 11.5 lbs.
NODULAR IRON - An excellent replacement for OEM carriers. The MW nodular iron case features a unique case design that provides necessary reinforcement in all critical areas, yet is comparable in weight to a stock unit while lighter than competitors. Each MW nodular iron case comes with
billet steel rear end caps that have been precision alignment bored, special billet steel adjusters and
studs to secure the pinion assembly. 3.062” or 3.250” bore sizes available.
57460 9” Ford MW Nodular Case
57465 9” Ford MW NASCAR Case
3.062” bore with steel caps and adjusters. 29 lbs.
57470
9” Ford MW Nodular Case
3.250” bore with steel caps and adjusters. 29 lbs.
3.062" bore with pump mounts and fluid ports. Load
bolt provision, 3/8-16 threads for pinion support, lightened main caps. 27.7 lbs.
57465 NASCAR Case
INTERNAL LUBRICATION
Internal lubrication pumps pressure feed oil to 57466 Internal Oil Pump Kit
areas that become starved from acceleration Pump mounts to pinion pilot bearing area, includes hard line and case
forces. The pump in internally mounted to the fitting. (external lines extra)
thirdmember case (special machining required).
Circle track applications use the pump for flow to 57463 Case Modifications for Pump
an oil cooler with the return flow providing cool- Machining required to mount internal pump. 57465 and 57488-95P
are pre machined for pump.
ing and lubrication.
THRU-BOLT FEATURES
POSITIVE PILOT
BEARING
RETENTION
THRU-BOLT
CONSTRUCTION
7/16 THREADS
IN CASE
28
GRIP-LOCK™
STEEL ADJUSTERS
7075 T651
ALUMINUM CAPS
THREADED FOR
OPTIONAL LOAD
BOLT
GRADE 9 BOLTS
WITH ALIGN BUSHINGS AND REDUCED
HEX NUTS
PILOT BEARING
REMOVAL HOLES
OPTIONAL
INTERNAL PUMP
9” FORD ALUMINUM PINION SUPPORT
Mark Williams manufactures 9” Ford pinion support assemblies for several applications. Assemblies are available for standard 28 spline
pinions and 35 spline large pinion pro gears. New is a support for
the MWE series 9-1/2” 32 spline pro gears. The support housings
are CNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum and use either
oversized tapered roller bearings or low friction angular contact
ball bearings. All pinion supports come pre-assembled. The
bearing pre-load is set through the use of a solid hardened preload spacer rather than a crush sleeve or stack of thin shims.
The spacer is factory machined to the required preload for
each assembly. Pinion seals are included. Housings are drilled
to accommodate the 7/16” studs used in all MW cases.
However, by using special reducer bushings (#57606) and studs
(#57609) the housing can also be used with 9” Ford cases that have
3/8” threads. All MW 9” yokes and couplers are designed to work perfectly with MW pinion supports, stock Ford yokes must be shortened for proper pinion nut thread
engagement.
57680
57620
57620
Pinion Bearing Housing Assembly
For 9” Ford standard 28 spline pinion gears, with tapered bearings.
Requires MW yoke or coupler.
57630
FORGED
PINION YOKE
HD TAPERED
FRONT BEARING
Pinion Bearing Housing Assembly
For 9” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with tapered bearings.
Requires MW yoke or coupler.
57650
ANGULAR
CONTACT REAR
BEARING
BEARING PRELOAD FACTORY
SET
40 Spline Pinion Bearing Housing Assy
For 9-1/2” Ford, 40-spline, long pinion (+1.0”) with tapered bearings,
requires MW coupler. With external oil feed port.
57670
Pinion Bearing Housing, Ball Bearing
For 9” Ford standard 28 spline pinion gears, with angular contact rear
bearing. Requires MW yoke or coupler.
57675
Pinion Bearing Housing, Ball Bearing
NEW! For MWE 32 spline pinion gears, with angular contact rear
bearing, Timken front. requires 32 spline Yoke or Coupler
57680
PINION SEAL
INCLUDED
Pinion Bearing Housing, Ball Bearing
For 9-1/2” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with angular contact
rear bearing. Requires MW yoke or coupler.
57606
7/16” to 3/8” flanged reducers (5ea.)
Required for use with 3/8” coarse threaded cases.
SOLID PRELOAD SPACER
HIGH STRENGTH
ALUMINUM HOUSING
57670 PINION SUPPORT SECTION
57609
3/8” pinion stud kit (5ea.)
For stock or after-market cases with 3/8” course threads in the case.
Ceramic bearing upgrade for 57670 or 57680
9” FORD NODULAR PINION SUPPORT
The Mark Williams nodular iron ball bearing pinion support is identical in appearance to a standard
Ford OEM support and accepts a standard 28 spline pinion shaft. However, to reduce friction and
bearing pre-load the assembly uses an angular contact ball bearing in the rear and a heavy duty
Timken® tapered bearing in the front. With this combination, the initial bearing pre-load
can be reduced from 18-20 inch lbs. to 3-5 inch lbs. As with all MW supports, each is
pre-assembled and the bearing pre-load is factory set using a hardened solid pre-load
spacer rather than a crush sleeve or shims. Field shimming for preload is not required.
A standard pinion seal is also included. The nodular iron support will accept a stock
OEM Ford yoke or a MW 39024, 39053 and 39063 NASCAR type pinion yokes.
Ceramic balls in the angular contact bearings is a option. Low drag Teflon pinion seal
is available for use with 28 spline steel pinion yokes.
57690
Nodular Iron Steel Ball Bearing Pinion Support
57690
Steel balls angular contact rear bearing Pre-Set.
57690-CB Nodular Iron Ceramic Ball Bearing Pinion Support
Ceramic balls angular contact rear bearing Pre-Set.
57924
Seal, Teflon Low Friction for 28 spline pinion
Special low drag 9” pinion seal for steel pinion yoke. (wont work with aluminum yoke)
29
9” FORD SPOOLS
53140
53139
53133
53127
The MW 9” Ford standard and scalloped light weight steel spools are
produced from 4140 alloy steel forgings and CNC machined to extremely tight tolerances. All steel spools are thru hardened using our in-house
austemper heat treating process. This exclusive process produces a
reliable, highly ductile, quality spool. MW aluminum spools are
produced from 7075 forgings and hard coat anodized for durability.
The bearing journals and ring gear flange on all spools are CNC ground
on special fixtures that ensure perfect concentricity with the axle spline
and near zero ring gear run-out.
Standard Weight Spools
9” Ford Standard Spool
Stock type 28-spline, weight 10 lbs.
53144
9” Ford Standard Spool
Stock type 31-spline, weight 11 lbs.
53140
9” Ford Standard Spool
MW 35-spline for stock case, 2.893” or 3.062” bore, 11lbs.
53146
9” Ford Standard Spool
MW 35-spline 3.25” case, weight 12 lbs.
53136
Light Weight Spools
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
MW 35-spline, L/W milled for stock case, 2.983” or 3.062” bore, weight
8.75 lbs.
53148
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
M-W 35-spline, L/W milled 3.250” case, weight 9 lbs.
53125
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
Light weight profile milled steel spool (40 spline), 3.812 bearings with
1/2” ring gear bolts, 3.812” case, 10 lbs
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
MW 40-spline, L/W milled, 3.250” bore case, large bore wheel brgs
and proper housing ends are required, weight 8.5 lbs
53127
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
Light weight profile milled steel spool (40 spline), 3.812 bearings,
7/16” ring gear bolts, 3.812” case, 10 lbs.
53138
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
Summers type 35-spl., L/W milled, weight 9 lbs. (Dana spline)
53147
9” Ford Light Weight Spool
Strange type 35-spline, (Dana spline)weight 9 lbs.
9” Ford Standard Spool
MW 40-spline, requires 3.250” bore case and large bore wheel bearing with proper housing ends. weight 11 lbs.
53145
53137
53128
Aluminum Spools
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
Stock 28 spline, weight 5.0 lbs.
53123
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
Stock 31 spline, weight 4.9 lbs
53135
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
Aluminum spool (35 spline), requires 3.250” bore case weight 4.9 lbs.
53133
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
Aluminum spool (40 spline), 3.812” bearings. Requires 3.812 bore
case, 57448 weight 5.5 lbs.
53149
9” Ford Aluminum Spool
For Strange 35-spline axles.
9” FORD LOCKERS & POSI-TRACTION
The 9" Ford has several ways to go when an increased traction differential is required.
Mark Williams stocks several different types, the Detroit Locker, the Truetrac®, the DPI
Gold Track and the Ford Clutch Posi.
DETROIT LOCKER® is offered for popular 9" Ford applications (28 , 31, and 35-
spline). These units are designed to provide power to both wheels even in those situations where one tire loses traction. Detroit lockers will also compensate for differences in wheel speed when turning corners by letting the wheel with the larger turning
radius overrun and unlock from the other wheel. The 35 spline unit is popular for Pro-Street
application, requiring a large axle spline and can be used for drag racing.
187S-35C
187S-35C
57311
TRUETRAC® OR GOLD TRACK® differentials do not use friction plates, but rather the wedging action of separating spiral pinion gears.
This type of differential is unique in that it increases traction, but does not affect the steering, and there are no friction plates to wear. It
allows normal differentiation without adverse effect on steering, or chattering when cornering. Only when there is a loss of traction,
will power transfer occur. The worm drive differential offers moderate strength.
CLUTCH POSI-TRACTION are the most common and are used in the original rears. Smooth quite action relies on spring pressure and
friction in the clutch plates to increase driving traction. Quietest for street rod applications.
187S-13A 9” Ford 28 spline Detroit Locker®
187S-17B 9” Ford 31 spline Detroit Locker®
187S-35S 9” Ford 35 spline Locker
Billet steel housing. Requires 3.250” bore case.
30
187S-35C 9” Ford 35 spline Locker
Nodular iron housing. Requires 3.250” bore case.
57311
9” Ford Posi Unit (31 spline)
Clutch type posi-traction (Motorsports type).
9” FORD COMPONENTS
57602
57449
57603
57908
57609
57920
57608
57570
39025
57502
39011
57905
57900
57916
57407
57909
57550
57903
39008
57904
57902
57907
57914
57906
57913-10
57510
57503
39008
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
57608
57609
28-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
39011
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
For stock and non M-W cases.
35-spline,4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
39025
57900
9” Ford Pinion Yoke 1330 Ford Joint
4340 steel for Ford 1330 series joint 3-5/8 x 1-1/8” for MW support.
EZ-Release reusable gasket.
57913-10 Thirdmember Stud Kit (10 ea.)
Heavy-Duty Adjusters, for 3.250 bore (pr)
Heavy-Duty Adjusters, for 3.812 bore (pr)
Adjuster Adapter (pr)
Thirdmember to housing attachment bolts, nuts and washers.
57914
Pinion Pilot Bearing, .812” Long
For MW thru bolt cases.
57916
9” Pinion Depth Shims .005”-.015”
MW alum. shims. 2ea.-.005, .007 & 1 ea.-.010, .012, .015.
Pinion Bearing Sleeve
For rear bearing of 57600/57620 Pinion Bearing Housing.
Solid Pre-Load Spacer
For 57600, 57610, 57620 and 57630 (machining required).
57604
Pinion Nut, 9” Ford (standard pinion)
Pinion Nut, 9” Ford (35 spline pinion)
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (standard pinion)
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (35 spline pinion)
Adjuster Locks(pr)
Pinion Pilot Bearing (MW cases, Long)
Pilot Bearing Retainer (for stock case)
Crush Sleeve (stock support)
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (40 spline pinion)
For 57650 or 11"pinion support Viton high temperature compound.
To use 3.062” bearing in a 3.25” case, (best method).
57603
57901 Gasket, 9” Ford Thirdmember
57901-TS 9” Ford Thirdmember Gasket
57902
57903
57904
57905
57906
57907
57908
57909
57912
For 9” Ford Spool/Carrier in a 3-1/4” case.
57602
Ring Gear Bolt Set (7/16”)
Drilled for safety wire (use ARW77 washers w/Strange spool)
5000-181 Retaining Ring For MW Ford Case
53124 9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D.
53141 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 2.893 O.D.
53142 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.062 O.D.
53143 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.250 O.D.
57407 Pinion Stud Kit for MW Cases 7/16”
57408 Pinion Stud Kit for MW Case 3/8”
57449 Load Bolt Kit for MW Case
57500 Heavy-Duty Adjusters, 3.062 bore
57502 Replacement Cap, 2.893” bore (ea)
57503 Replacement Cap, 3.062” bore (ea)
57510 Shim, Spool/Carrier (pr)
57550
57560
57570
Bolt Kit, 9” Ford Pinion Support
Stud Kit, 9” Ford Pinion Support
Shim, Yoke/Coupler
For use with 39008 or 40300 with stock 9” Ford pinion housing.
57920
Ring Gear Bolt set (1/2”)
Drilled for safety wire (use ARW78 washers w/Strange spool)
TRD-3244 Pinion Bearing Shim
Required with 57602 sleeve.
57999
Thirdmember Transport Container
9” FORD AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW 9" Ford Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built
standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/35 or 40 spline combination),
axle bearings, bearing retainer plates, standard steel spool and a
complete 5/8 drive stud kit with Snap-Lock™ washers This kit allows
you to have the top of the line axle and spool kit while saving 10%.
HI-K12 Axles/Spool/Bearing/Retainer/Stud Kit
9’ Ford spool, axle and drive stud kit
31
8.8 FORD COMPONENTS
With the ever increasing popularity of 5.0 Mustangs, the demand for
premium driveline components to beef up the 8.8 Ford rear end has
also increased. To meet these needs, Mark Williams has expanded
it’s product line of 8.8 components. Along with the MW
Hi-Torque axles, spools and “C” clip eliminator kit currently
available, MW is now offering the new MasterLine axles and
“C” clip eliminator kit for street/strip applications and a Eaton™ 31
spline posi-traction unit. The 8.8 upgrade package shown on page 33 is
now available to convert the OEM 28 spline rear into a 31 spline with an
Eaton™ posi-traction.
HI-K10 8.8 Ford Axle/Spool/Weld on End Kit
35 spline spool, Axles Housing ends,retainers Drive studs
HI-K11 8.8 Ford C-Clip Eliminator/Spool Kit
35 spline spool, Hi-Torque axles, C-Clip eliminator kit Drive studs
8.8 SPOOL
POSI-TRACTION
AND
For drag race applications Mark Williams offers a pair of steel spools, a standard steel and a
lightweight steel, with MW 35 splines. These spools can be used with either MW
Hi-Torque axles or MW’s new MasterLine axles both require the use of a MW “C” clip
eliminator kit or updating to weld on housing ends. For high horsepower/torque street
applications the new Eaton™ 31 spline posi-traction is the only way to go. With carbon
fiber clutches and 400 lbs. preload this unit delivers the most torque to the rear wheels yet
still gives excellent driveability. These units are the ideal companion for MW MasterLine 53134
axles and “C” clip eliminator kits.
53132
53134
8.8” Ford 35 Spline Spool
8.8” Lightweight Ford Spool
19588
19588
8.8” Eaton™ Posi-Traction (31 Spline)
8.8 C-CLIP ELIMINATOR KITS
Mark Williams has developed “C” clip eliminator kits for the 8.8 Ford for most applications. Two kits are
primarily for drag racing (with sealed ball bearings) while the other is for street/strip applications and is set
up with Timken® tapered roller bearings to handle cornering loads.
59210
8.8 Ford C-Clip Eliminator Kit
For stock axles. 1.564” I.D. bearings w/reducer bushings.
59250
8.8 Ford C-Clip Eliminator Kit
For MW or MasterLine axles with 1.564” I.D. ball bearings.
59260
59260
8.8 BILLET CAP
8.8 Ford Street/Strip C-Clip Eliminator. Kit
For MW or MasterLine axles with 1.564” I.D. Timken® tapered roller bearings. Best kit for street
applications.
AND
YOKE
One of the most common causes of rear end failure can be traced to the stock
rear end caps. To cure this problem, MW offers a billet steel replacement
cap that has an increased cross section and heat treated hardware. Requires
simple milling or surfacing in rod cap grinder to install.
Our 1350 series Pinion Yoke eliminates the circular companion flange and
allows the use of a 1350 series U-Joint and high strength driveshafts as used in
all other drag race cars. Driveshafts are available in steel or aluminum with
transmission yokes for all popular models.
59300 8.8” Ford Steel Main Cap (ea)
Requires milling of cap parting line to install
39023
MW 8.8” Ford Pinion Yoke
For 1350 series Spicer joint for u-bolt retention
32
39023
59300
8.8 UPGRADE PACKAGE
The Mark Williams MasterLine package has been designed to strengthen and upgrade
the 28 spline OEM 8.8 Ford rear ends for high horsepower street/strip applications.
This package includes a pair of MW MasterLine 31 spline street/strip axles, a 31 spline
Eaton™ posi-traction unit, a new street/strip "C" clip eliminator kit and a set of 1/2"
screw-in wheel studs. The increase from 28 to 31 spline increases the torsion
strength of the axle by 37%. The new generation Eaton™ posi unit has also been
designed to handle higher torque loads. The carbon fiber clutches in this unit have the
unique ability to increase their friction coefficient as they heat up from slipping.
The street/strip c-clip eliminator kit incorporates Timken® tapered unit bearings
that have superior radial and thrust load capacity and a heavy duty outboard seal
that eliminates leakage associated with "C" clip kits in the past. For the serious
Drag Race only applications the 35 spline spool is the only way to go.
ML-K01 8.8” Ford 31 spline upgrade kit
MasterLine axles, Eaton™ Posi, “C” clip kit and wheel studs.
ML-K03 8.8” Ford 35 spline spool/C-clip eliminator
35 spline axles and spool, 1/2” wheel studs, C-clip eliminator kit.
8.8 COMPLETE REBUILDS
MW can do a complete rework of your existing 8.8 rear. Just ship us your stock housing and we will perform all the necessary
modifications for heavy-duty street-strip use or Pro-Class drag racing. The first step is to replace the stock housing ends with our ends
(either 58510 or 58511), eliminating the troublesome c-clip axle retention clips. We have special ends that will accept your present 8.8"
brakes (disc or drum), or can install any end based on your brake requirement. The tubes are welded to the center with a special stainless
TIG process. A steel main cap is fitted on the drivers side to eliminate the possibility of stock cap failure. An Eaton™ posi-traction or 35
spline spool unit is installed in conjunction with your choice of 3.55 to 5.14 ratio Richmond™ gears. MasterLine™ axles are available
with either 5 hole or 4 hole wheel patterns. Special ½" screw in wheel studs are used,and are available in either 2" or 3" long to match
your wheels. The Pro-Class drag unit features Hi-Torque ™ axles in solid or gun drilled models and Drive stud wheel studs. The rear is
assembled by MW's professionals with new bearings and seals, and includes necessary modification to your existing brake system for
the new housing ends. When rebuilding the rear we can change the wheel to wheel width without additional charge. Your completed rear
is crated for shipping protection, and returned ready to bolt in and run, including 3 quarts of Torco gear lube.
ML-R01 8.8” Rebuild, 31 spline ML Axles & Posi
HI-R03 8.8” Rebuild Hi-Torque Axles, 35 Spool
Your rear modified with choice of gears and 1350 yoke & cap.
ML-R02 8.8” Rebuild with 35 spline ML Axles,Spool
HI-R04 8.8” Rebuild Gun-Drilled Axles, LW Spool
Your rear modified with choice of gears and 1350 yoke & cap..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
FOR THE
8.8:
TA1806 TA Cast Aluminum Cover.
57145
IN
REAR
Gun Drilled (11/16) axles L/W spool, cap, drive studs, yoke and lightened gear.
PRO STREET BRAKE kit with a
TA rear cover strengthens the housing and provides support to the main caps. Available as an
addition on new and rebuild packages.
9” BOLT
Standard Hi-Torque axles, spool, yoke, cap, drive studs and gears
TA1806
9” Ford Mustang Bolt In Rear .
An option to consider is the 9" housing that has bolt in mounting
brackets installed. MasterLine 31 spline axles are used with a
MasterLine™ Thirdmember, 31 spline posi with a choice of 3.50 to
6.50 gear ratio. This is a complete bolt in rear, less brakes.
parking brake. For use with
MW's symmetrical housing
ends, (#58580) this brake
kit has a provision for a
floating mechanical wedge
action parking brake caliper
built into the caliper
mounting bracket. The kit
includes: MW's race proven 4 piston
72300
aluminum calipers with pads, vented
cast iron rotors, aluminum brake hats, floating parking brake.
72300 MW Pro-Street Disc Brake Kit
33
DANA 60 ASSEMBLIES
The Dana 60 series rear end has for many years been one of
drag racing's most popular differentials, mainly due to the
heavy-duty nature of the unit itself. The Dana features a
large 9-3/4" diameter ring gear and the availability of aftermarket 8620 or 9310 alloy gears with ratios of 3.54 to 7.17!
The Dana is the only passenger O.E.M. rear that was
available with 35 spline axles in the original factory
configuration. The main drawback to the Dana is the weight.
By comparison, a complete Dana 60 is approximately
35# heavier than a 9" with a braced steel housing. A
newly designed center casting has threaded adjusters
for the carrier/spool bearing and pad for the Mopar
type pinion snubber. The one piece center casting
creates stiffness not found in thirdmember type rears.
The Dana 60 offers excellent strength and reliability
for the dollar. MW has a complete array of specialized
components to further improve a Dana 60.
56002
Dana 60 Pro-Quality Rear
56060
Complete with Superlight axles, bearings, lightweight spool (35 or 40
spline), choice of Pro-Gears, New thread adjuster center housing, MW
pinion yoke, with 4130 steel tubes, MW housing ends, wheel bearings
and 5/8” thread drive stud kit. (less brakes)
56050
Dana 60 Economy Rear
56100
Complete with axles, bearings, standard spool (35 or 40 spline),
choice of 8620 gears, stock pinion yoke, new thread adjuster housing
4130 tubes with any MW housing end and 1/2” screw in wheel studs.
(less brakes)
Dana 60 Rear with Detroit Locker
Complete with axles, bearings, Detroit Locker, 35 spline, choice of
8620 gears, stock pinion yoke, new thread adjuster housing 4130
tubes with any MW housing end and 1/2” screw in wheel studs. (less
brakes)
Dana 60 Housing
Dana 60 Housing with 3” x .25” 4130 steel tubes. Includes housing
ends.New center casting. Tubes are built to customer specs. Includes
adjusters that eliminate need for shims when setting carrier backlash.
DANA 60 SPOOLS
53174
53174
Dana 60 Aluminum Spool
MW 40-spline, Aluminum, weight 8 lbs.
53175
Dana 60 Spool
MW 35-Spline, L/W profile milled, weight 17 lbs.
53176
53170
53195
53177
53170
Dana 60 Spool
MW 35-Spline, standard, 21 Lbs.
53173
Dana 60 Spool
MW 35-Spline, L/W profile milled, 17 Lbs. This spool is for 3 series
gears only.
Dana 60 Spool
MW 40-Spline, weight 19.7 lbs. (45mm bore wheel bearings and
proper housing ends are required)
Dana 60 Spool
MW 40-Spline,L/W profile milled steel (45mm bore wheel bearings
and proper housing ends are required) 15 lbs.
53190
Dana 60 Spool
35-Spline stock type spline, standard, weight 21 lbs.
DANA 60 LOCKER
The Dana 60 Detroit Locker features 35 spline axle gears and will accept 4.10 to 7.17 ratio Richmond
gears. In straight line motion the unit is locked similar to a spool. When cornering the unit disengages
the tire turning the largest radius allowing differentiation. Best for applications not concerned with
slight noise when cornering.
225S-23A Detroit Locker
Dana 60 rear 35-Spline (for 4.10 to 7.17 Richmond gear)
TA1812 TA Dana 60 rear cover
225S-23A
The TA rear cover strengthens the housing and provides support to the main caps.
Available as an addition to complete rears or separately.
TA1812
34
DANA 60 COMPONENTS
56955
59300
56200
56930
Clutch Pack
For Dana 60 Power-Loc with 35 splines.
56950
56940
Axle Gear,(ea.)
For Dana 60 Power-Loc with 35 splines.
56950
Ring Gear Spacer
Dana 60 for using 4.56 to 7.17 gear on 3.54 to 4.10 carrier.
39007
39014
56956
56904 56902 30275
56900
56955
56956
56960
Dana 60 Chrome Cover
Dana 60 Cover Bolt KIt (10 pcs)
Power Lock Kit Dana 60 or 70
Clutches, axle and spider gears, spider gear pin for 35 spline Power
lock posi traction. Converts 23 spline carriers to 35.
30275
39014
Dana 60 Pinion Nut Washer
MW Dana 60 Pinion Yoke
29-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint
53171
53172
56200
56900
56901
56902
56904
56910
Spool Bearings, Dana 60
Pinion Bearing Set, Dana 60
Dana 60 Main Cap
Dana 60 Ring Gear Bolt Kit
Dana 60 Cover Gasket
Dana 60 Pinion Nut
Dana 60 Pinion Seal
Dana 60 Shim Kit
83-1034 Gear Installation Kit, Dana 60
Shims (carrier, pinion depth, and preload), pinion nut, carrier bearings,
pinion bearings, ring gear bolts, pinion nut and washer, gear marking
compound and gasket.
TA1812 TA Rear Cover
Pinion depth and pre-load shims, spool shims, gasket, pinion nut and
washer.
DANA BILLET CAP
Replace one of the most common component failures on a Dana 60 with a MW billet steel
replacement cap. The Dana 60 typically only requires one on the drivers side. Installation requires
milling or rod cap grinding on the parting line of the cap.
56200 Dana 60 Steel Main Cap w/fasteners(ea)
888
Labor (cap installed by MW Ent.) (ea)
56200
DANA 60 AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW Dana 60 Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built standard
Hi-Torque axles (any length/spline combination), axle bearings, bearing retainer
plates, standard steel spool and a complete 5/8 drive stud kit. This kit can be 40
splines if the housing ends accept 45mm bore bearings. If using stock Mopar
ends the 56003 wheel bearing is supplied and limit is 35 splines.
HI-K16 Dana 60 Hi-Torque Axle Package
Hi-Torque axles with steel spool, wheel bearings, retainers and drive stud kit.
MOPAR HOUSING ENDS
AND
RETAINERS
Two different type Mopar ends are produced. We recommend using the 53189 end to
take advantage of the larger bore (up to 45mm) wheel bearings for most applications.
53184 ends are for the stock replacement (2.875" O.D). bearings.
53184
Mopar Housing Ends, (pr)
For 56001 or 56003 bearings 2” Long.
53189
Mopar Housing Ends, (pr)
For Mopar brakes using 58503, 58504 and 58505 axle bearing.
53189
56501
56501
Mopar Bearing Retainers, (pr)
For 53189 Mopar housing ends.
35
8-3/4 MOPAR COMPONENTS
53181
39016
53910
53905
53910
8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Seal, 1-7/8”
Shim Kit
8-3/4” Mopar, 1-3/4” pinion. Includes pinion depth and preload shims,
pinion seal, and marking compound, pinion nut and washer.
53920
Pinion Shim Kit (489 Case)
8-3/4” Mopar, 1-7/8” pinion (tapered pinion). Includes pinion depth
shims, crush sleeve, pinion seal, pinion nut / washer, and marking
compound.
83-1037 Installation Kit, 8-3/4” Mopar
53182
39016
For 742 case with 1-3/4” pinion. Includes pinion depth and preload
shims, pinion nut and washer, pinion seal, spool bearings (with 2.00”
bore), pinion bearings, ring gear bolts, gear marking compound, and
gasket.
MW 8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Yoke
10-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint
53181
83-1031 Installation Kit, 8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar Spool Bearings
For 489 case with 1-7/8” Pinion. Includes pinion depth shims, crush
sleeve, pinion nut and washer, pinion seal, spool bearings (with 2.00”
bore), pinion bearings, ring gear bolts, gear marking compound, and
gasket.
3.265” bore stock case (for MW spool)
53182
Pinion Bearing Set
8-3/4” Mopar, 1-3/4” pinion diameter
53900
53901
53902
53904
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
56003
Ring Gear Bolt Kit
Rear Gasket
Pinion Nut
Pinion Seal, 1-3/4”
Mopar Non-Adjustable Axle Bearings (pr)
2.875” O.D., 1.562” I.D. for stock ends w/spiral lock (not shown)
NOTE: When ordering a 8-3/4” Mopar installation kit please specify whether using a
spool or stock carrier so that correct carrier bearings are sent with the installation kit.
8-3/4 MOPAR SPOOLS
53179
8-3/4” Mopar Aluminum Spool
MW 35-spline for cars under 1800 lbs., weight 5.2 lbs.
53180
53180
8-3/4” Mopar Spool
MW 35-Spline, 14 Lbs.
53186
8-3/4” Mopar Spool
Stock type 30-spline, weight 14 lbs.
53187
53179
53187
8-3/4” Mopar Spool
MW 35-spline, L/W profile milled, weight 12.5 lbs.
8-3/4 MOPAR BILLET CAP
As with most rears, the stock caps are a weak link of the 8 3/4 Mopar. MW now
offers a billet steel cap that is pre-bored and threaded. Caps are easily installed with
a simple milling operation. Caps include Grade 8 hardware.
53950
53960
8 3/4 Mopar Billet Cap(ea).
Heavy Duty Adjusters (pr)
CNC Machined Billet Steel
8-3/4 MOPAR AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW 8 3/4 Mopar Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/spline combination), 56003 axle bearings, standard steel spool and a complete
5/8 drive stud kit.
HI-K13 8-3/4 Mopar Axle Spool kit
Hi-Torque axles, spool, wheel bearings, retainers, drive stud kit
36
53960
53950
GM 12 BOLT ASSEMBLIES
In sheer numbers alone, the Chevrolet 12 bolt rear end is the most popular in
racing. With the proper components and modifications, the 12-bolt can
be strengthened to the point where it is adequate for most moderately powered full-bodied racecars. Using MW's exclusive
35-spline axle/spool package and the addition of the DTS
Express (KTRE) housing extend life cycle of the 12 Bolt.
These housings feature improvements over the original GM
housings that include ductile iron castings, 4130 tubes,
3.062" or 3.250" main bore caps with ½" bolts and jig fitted
suspension brackets. Three basic units are available; configurations include street/strip with Eaton™ posi-traction units,
standard drag race with 35 spline steel spool and lightweight 35spline aluminum spool. Bolt in models are available for ALL popular GM cars including the F body with torque arm mounts. With its
favorable hypoid distance and overall weight the 12 bolt is a good choice for applications where friction loss and weight are important.
58060-S Complete GM 12 Bolt Street/Strip pkg
58000-RL Complete GM 12 Bolt Light Wt Drag
With MasterLine Axles, Eaton posi, 8620 gears (no brakes)
With MW Lightweight Aluminum Spool and Superlight Hi-Torque Gun
drilled (11/16’) Axles, Pro Gears, TA Cover (No Brakes).
58000-R Complete GM 12 Bolt Drag Race pkg
With 35 Spline Hi-Torque axles, spool Pro Gears (no brakes)
GM 12 BOLT HOUSING
58020
58025
MW offers DTS Express (KTRE) bare housings. Both utilize 4130 tubes
and can be assembled with your choice of housing ends. The housings
are produced with the stock carrier bore size 3.062" and the oversize
3.250" bore that will accommodate the MW aluminum 35 spline spool.
For the builder who wants to fabricate the suspension mount in the car it
makes sense to get the bare housing. We can tack weld the ends so they
can be removed to install slide over brackets, and reinstall after welding.
12 Bolt Bare 3.062” bore Housing
DTS housing, 4130 tubes and any MW housing ends, 3.062” bore.
Suspension mounts can be installed at an extra charge. Price will be
based on the application.
58030
12 Bolt Bare 3.250”bore Housing
DTS housing with 4130 tubes and any MW housing ends. 3.250” bore.
Suspension mounts can be installed at an extra charge. Price will be
based on the application.
GM C-CLIP ELIMINATOR KITS
These simple and handy kits are the perfect way to eliminate pesky Chevrolet C-clips. The kits also
qualify as an accepted Safety Hub. They are easily installed on stock 10/12 Bolt axle tubes (after
housing end is trimmed with a common hack saw) and accommodate large Ford style sealed axle
bearings which are press fit on the axle (when using stock axles, a bushing is provided that
reduces the I.D. of the bearing to fit the shaft diameter). The press fit of the bearing
and a steel retainer plate hold the axle in place in the event of breakage at splines,
keeping the wheel in place. All MW C-clip kits include detailed installation
instructions and mounting hardware.
58210A C-Clip Eliminator Kit
For stock axles used in ‘65-75 10 and 12-bolt Camaro, Chevelle and Chevy II, with
58504 bearings and shim for stock axle with 1.400” bearing diameter.
58250
C-Clip Eliminator Kit
58250
Small 10/12 Bolt, for MW axles with 1.625” I.D. bearings.
58300
C-Clip Eliminator Kit
Full size 12 Bolt and 1/2 ton pick-up, for stock axles (requires grinding of axles for
bearings).
58350
C-Clip Eliminator Kit
Full size 12 Bolt and 1/2 ton pick-up, for use with M/W axles 1.625” I.D. bearing.
37
GM 12 BOLT SPOOLS
53130
10-Bolt 8.5” Chevrolet Spool
53160
MW 35-spline 1970 or later 10 bolt, weight 14 lbs.
53158
53158
53165
12-Bolt Aluminum Spool
MW 35 spline, housing must be bored to 3.250” . Includes 58925
shim kit and 53161A bearing kit. 5.3 lbs.
53160
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool
MW 35-spline, weight 14 lbs.
53164
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool
30-spline, requires C-clip kit or weld on ends, weight 14 lbs.
53165
53265
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool
MW 35-spline, L/W milled, 11.1 lbs.
MW 35-spline, L/W milled, weight 11 lbs.
GM 12 BOLT POSI-TRACTION
19554
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction (Series 3)
30 spline with 800 lb. clutch preload. For 3.08 to 4.10 ratios.
19555
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction
30 spline with 400 lb. clutch preload. For 4.10 and up ratios.
Mark Williams stocks Eaton™
posi-traction units for 10 and
12 Bolt GM applications. All
Eaton™ units feature carbon
fiber clutches.
19556
12 Bolt Eaton™ Truck Posi-Traction
30 spline with 400 lb. clutch reload. For 3.73 and up ratios.
19557
8.5 10 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction
28 spline with 400 lb. clutch preload. For 2.73 and up ratios.
GM HOUSING ENDS & RETAINERS
58400
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr)
Full size 12 Bolt, Chevrolet Impala, Biscayne and 1/2-ton pickup, for
58503, 58504 or 58505 sealed axle bearings.
58450
58600
58230
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr)
Full size 12 Bolt, for 58506 Timken® tapered roller axle bearings and
seals.
58410
Full Size GM Bearing Retainers (pr)
For MW 58400 Full Size GM housing ends.
58560
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr)
Mid-size 10/12 Bolt, for 58506 Timken® tapered roller axle bearings
and seals.
58600
58230
G.M. Housing Ends (pr)
Mid-size 10/12 Bolt, for 58503, 58504 or 58505 sealed axle bearings.
Standard GM Bearing Retainers (pr)
For MW 58600 10 and 12-bolt housing ends.
GM HOUSING END KITS
68700
MW weld on housing ends allow use of larger axle bearings and eliminate potential
grease leakage that can occur with adapter type bearing ends. End kits are available for
most popular GM brake assemblies.
58610
Housing End Kit, Drag Racing
Contains 58600 housing ends, 58505 bearings, 58230 retainers, and backing plate bolts.
68700
Housing End Kit, Small GM Pro-street
For GM small brakes (Camaro, Chevelle, Nova) Pro-Street applications, includes housing
ends, Timken ® bearings, retainers, seals, and backing plate bolts.
68740
Housing End Kit, Large GM Pro-street
10 & 12-Bolt Chevrolet brakes (Impala, Biscayne & 1/2-ton truck) Pro-Street applications,
includes housing ends,Timken® bearings, retainers, seals, and backing plate bolts.
38
GM 12 BOLT COMPONENTS
58950
39006
58907
80-0269
RP1559
58901
58904
58908
58902
58901-TS
58906
39038
39006
39038
58903
53161
53161A
53162
58900
RP1563
58920
58900
MW 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (3.875 long)
MW 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (2.875 long)
Chrome Cover, 12 Bolt (not shown)
12 Bolt Chevrolet Spool Bearings
12 Bolt Spool Bearings for Alum. Spool
12 Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Bearing Set
Ring Gear Bolt Kit, (12 ea)
58906
58907
58920
12 Bolt Chevrolet Crush Sleeve (OEM)
12 Bolt Chevrolet Crush Sleeve (truck)
12 Bolt Complete Shim Kit
Assortment of pinion depth, carrier shims and a crush sleeve.
58925
12 Bolt Carrier Shim Kit (3.250” bore)
Special inner shim with assortment of standard carrier shims.
Must be used with 53158 spool and 53161A bearing kit.
58950
12 Bolt Chevrolet 12 point with safety wire holes.
12 Bolt Ring Gear Spacer
For using 4.10 to 6.14 ratio gears on 3 series carrier.
58901 12 Bolt Rear Cover Gasket
58901-TS 12 Bolt E-Z Release Rear Cover Gasket
58902 12 Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Nut
58904 12 Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Seal
80-0269 Spider Pin
12 Bolt Posi (for 5.14 to 6.14 ratios with stock c-clip axles).
RP-1563 GM “Repair” Axle Bearing 1.400” (ea)
RP-1559 GM “Repair” Axle Bearing 1.625” (ea)
12 BOLT BILLET CAP & COVER
58100
TA1810
One of the most common causes of rear end failure can be traced to the stock rear end caps. To cure
this problem, MW offers a billet steel replacement cap that has an increased cross section and heat
treated hardware. Simple milling required to install. Or we also offer the TA Cover support.
58100 12 Bolt Chevrolet Steel Main Cap (ea)
Labor (cap installed by MW Ent.) (ea)
888
TA1810 TA Cast Cover for 12 bolt GM rears
TA1811 TA Cast Cover for 12 bolt GM car rears
12 BOLT PRELOAD SPACER
The use of a solid spacer has been standard in 9” Ford assemblies for a long time. Until now, 12 bolt rears
have been forced to rely on a standard crush sleeve. The MW solid preload spacer is CNC machined from
4140 steel and heat treated. Spacers are long and must be trimmed to the required length.
58905 12 Bolt Solid Pre Load Spacer
58905
Requires machining to set the preload.
12 BOLT AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW 12 Bolt Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom
built standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/spline combination),
complete C-Clip eliminator kit w/bearings, standard steel spool
and a complete 5/8 drive stud kit. Axles for non-narrowed rears
are in stock.
HI-K14 12 Bolt Axle/Spool/C-Clip Eliminator Package
39
‘57-’64 OLDS-PONTIAC COMPONENTS
53150
83-5810
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Spool
Standard Steel Spool with MW 35 spline
39018
53151
53152
543325
58500
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Spool Bearings
’57-’64 Olds Rear Gasket
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Crush Sleeve
Olds-Pontiac Housing Ends (pr)
For 58503, 58504 or 58505 axle bearings.
58500H Olds-Pontiac Housing Ends 1” long (pr)
1” long for 58503, 58504 or 58505 axle bearings.
58501
58590
The’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac rear end is still enjoying some popularity
in drag racing. These rears were fairly popular in the past and have
been used in surprising numbers which is why Mark Williams
Enterprises continues to manufacture and stock many of the hard to
find pieces needed to assemble and strengthen this rear.
39018
MW ’57-’64 Olds Pinion Yoke
13 spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
OLDS-PONTIAC BILLET CAP
Olds-Pontiac Bearing Retainers (pr)
Olds-Pontiac Housing Ends 1” long(pr)
With tapped holes for 58503, 58504 or 58505 axle bearings.
58910
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Shim Kit
Pinion depth shims and preload spacer.
83-5810 Gear Installation Kit ’57-’62 Olds
Pinion depth shims, crush sleeve, spool & pinion bearings, seal, pinion nut and gear marking compound.
83-5810-S Gear Installation Kit ’57-’67 Olds
Pinion depth shims, crush sleeve, spool & pinion bearings, seal, pinion nut and gear marking compound. For MW Spool.
Main cap breakage is a major problem with the ’57-’64 Olds. Mark Williams now
offers a superior strength billet cap that is pre-bored and threaded. Caps are easily
installed with a simple fly cut milling operation.
58502 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Cap (ea)
58502
OLDS-PONTIAC AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW Olds-Pontiac Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built standard Hi-Torque axles (any length with 35 spline spool) , axle bearings, bearing
retainer plates, standard steel spool and a complete 5/8 drive stud kit.
HI-K15 Olds-Pontiac Axle spool Kit
Axles, spool, wheel bearings, retainers and drive stud kit
SHOP L ABOR OPERATIONS
555
Magnaflux and Inspect Axles (pr)
Bearings and studs must be removed for thorough inspection. Lock
ring can not have been tack welded.
666
Thirdmember Type Gear Set Up
9” Ford, 8 3/4 Mopar or Early Olds-Pontiac.
666-11 MW 11” Gear Set Up
Mark Williams 11”
777
Salisbury Type Gear Set Up
Dana 60, 10 or 12 bolt Chevrolet or 8.8 Ford.
888
MW Main Cap Installation (ea)
Dana 60, 12 bolt Chevrolet, 9” Ford, 8-3/4” Mopar and
‘57-64 Olds/Pontiac.
999
Install Housing Ends (labor only)
Narrow housing or re-align housing ends.
444
Re-Drill MW Axles (only)
Bolt pattern change or enlarge for 5/8 drive studs. Requires heat-treating.
Bearings and studs must be removed (bearing lock rings can not have been tack
welded). New bearings required. Can’t be performed on axles that have studs
welded or holes that have been damaged
57463
Machine Case for Internal Pump
Machine mounting pad for internal pump, drill fluid passage hole.
57464
Broach Pinion for Pump Drive
Add 5/16” hex to 9” pinion shaft to drive internal fluid pump.
91110
Broach Pinion for MW Pump Drive
Add 3/8” hex to 9” pinion shaft to drive modular fluid pump.
40
....
....THE
THE
CONFIGURATIONS
CONFIGURATIONS
ARE
ARE COUNTLESS
COUNTLESS
41
11” FULL FLOATER
90055 Top Alcohol 11”
Modular Assembly
The Mark Williams 11” Modular rear end has been designed
to handle the harsh environment of today’s Top
Alcohol and Pro Modified cars. This assembly is
based on a ring and pinion designed by
Richmond Gear and produced exclusively for
Mark Williams Enterprises. Features
include an 11” diameter ring gear and 40
spline pinion shaft. Gear ratios currently
available are 2.91, 3.20, 3.89, 4.10, 4.29,
4.57 and 5.83 With current MW 9”
modular users in mind, the center casting
is 16” wide and has a 2.25” hypoid
distance (same as a 9” Ford) to allow an
easy conversion of any application
currently using the MW 9” modular rear.
The MW floater end bells, the complete
MW floater assembly and even the axles or
one piece axle can all be used with the
assembly. The unique design allows easy
removal of the rear cover to inspect the ring
gear, while the removable pinion support
gives access to the pinion gear. With the beefy
11” gears, the use of premium materials and
features carried over from the other MW race proven
modular rears, the MW 11” offers unmatched strength and
reliability.
MODULAR 11” ASSEMBLIES
90750
Complete 11” Modular Assembly
Complete 90000 center with MW full floater assembly with lightened
steel brakes, end bells and axles. 210#
90755
Complete 11” Modular Assembly
Complete 90000 center with MW full floater assembly with MW carbon brakes, end bells and axles. 198#
90000
11” Modular Center Section
Fully assembled center casting with gears, spool, pinion support,
coupler and hardware. For easy swaps.
Snyder Motorsports A/FC: Over 440 runs on the original 11” ring and
pinion, finally changed ratios . . . . . and still going strong.
42
11” PRO 4-LINK
Pro Mod and Nitro Coupe racers have an option when it comes to rear end assemblies. Trying to build a 9” Ford to handle these cars is
now a thing of the past. The 11” Pro 4-link rear from Mark Williams represents a massive improvement for high horsepower 4-link drag
race cars such as Pro Mods and Nitro Coupes.
At the heart is a rugged center module that is cast
from the same tough aircraft alloy used in all
MW cast aluminum components. It also
incorporates the thru bolt design carried with a
strength enhancing cover. The bolt pattern on
the mounting faces on both sides of the center
is the same as MW's 9” modular rear. This
means, with slight modification, all the existing
MW modular hardware such as 4 link brackets,
lower tie bar, end bells and floater assembly will bolt
directly to this new 11” assembly, simplifying the
upgrade from a MW 9” modular. The gear set which
features an 11” ring gear and 40 spline pinion shaft are
produced exclusively for MW by Richmond Gear with
most popular ratios currently available.
90775 Pro 4-Link 11” Floater
Assembly
MODULAR 11” PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
90780
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly
Uses 4130 Steel 4-Link brackets, MW steel brake disc full floater
assembly with lightened steel brakes, end bells and axles. (17-1/4”
centers 34-5/8” wheel to wheel).
90785
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly
Uses 4130 Steel 4-Link brackets, MW carbon/carbon disc brakes, full
floater assembly with lightened steel brakes, end bells and axles. (171/4” centers 35-5/8” wheel to wheel).
90085 Pro-Mod 4-Link carbon floater
with 4130 steel brackets
90770
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly
Complete 90020 center with MW steel disc brake full floater assembly,
lightened steel brakes, end bells and axles. (18” centers 35-1/2” w to w).
90775
90020
11” Modular Center Section
Fully assembled center casting with gears, spool, pinion support, yoke
and hardware. For easy swaps.
91100
Lube Pump Assembly
Bolts to rear cover on solid or 4 link rear. Includes driveshaft and all
plumbing. A must on Top Alcohol and Pro Mod cars.
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly
Complete 90020 center with MW full floater, MW carbon brakes, end
bells and axles. (18” centers 35-1/2” wheel to wheel).
See charts on pages 52 and 53 for 4-link widths and floater spindle
combinations. Special narrow steel 4-link as above can be special
built. Call for pricing on special widths and combinations.
43
9” ECONO/COMP
Say goodbye to junk-yard rear end housings. Mark Williams Enterprises has perfected
an economical modular 9” Ford aluminum rear end housing setup
that can be used for drag racing and street applications. The key
element is the reinforced aluminum housing center module cast
from a special grade aerospace alloy
with an outstanding tensile
strength of 60,000 psi (30%
higher than 6061). The modular
concept allows a variety of end
bells and mounting brackets to
suit your particular application.
Price wise, the MW Modular
stacks up favorably to the
considerable re-working needed
to OEM units or the labor
intensive fabricated steel
housings. But the most
93000 Modular
important consideration is that
9” Econo/Comp
the MW Modular housing is a
Assembly
completely CNC machined assembly
and is extremely accurate. There is
zero stress from bending and welding
typical to sheet metal rears. It assures you of a housing
that is properly aligned for optimum internal efficiency. The modular unit is
also upgrade-able, if, at a later date a class change requires full
floating hubs or the width needs to be changed, the appropriate end
bells can be bolted on, eliminating cutting and welding. The newest
addition to our modular line is the Econo/Comp 4 link housing
(shown at right). It incorporates special chromoly 4 link brackets
and spacers along with a tubular lower tie bar. These new
components make it easier than ever to convert a MW modular solid
mount dragster housing to a 4 link set-up. Component interchange-ability is
guaranteed with this precision unit.
92400 Econo/Comp
4-Link Housing
9” ECONO/COMP HOUSINGS
92000
Econo/Comp 9” Solid Mount Housing
92400
With 5/16” mounting brackets and standard end bells w/symmetrical
brake mount pattern., (26” wide for 32 1/8” wheel to wheel width).
92000-24
92000-25
92000-28
92000-30
24” Solid
25” Solid
28” Solid
30” Solid
Housing
Housing
Housing
Housing
(30-1/8” w/w)
(31-1/8” w/w)
(34-1/8” w/w)
(36-1/8” w/w)
Econo/Comp 9” 4 Link Housing
With chromoly 4 link brackets, tubular tie bar and standard end bells
w/symmetrical brake mount pattern, (4-link centers 17” with a 33-3/4”
wheel to wheel width).
92400-26
92400-27
92400-30
92400-32
25
26
29
31
3/8” 4
3/8” 4
3/8” 4
3/8” 4
Link
Link
Link
Link
Housing
Housing
Housing
Housing
(31
(32
(35
(37
3/4” w/w)
3/4” w/w)
3/4” w/w)
3/4” w/w)
9” ECONO/COMP ASSEMBLIES
93000
Complete Econo/Comp Solid Rear
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard Richmond gears, MW axles (gun-drilled and honed), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake kit with drilled rotors, 92000 housing.
Assembled weight 133 lbs.
93050
Complete Econo/Comp Solid Rear
Same as 93000 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 121 lbs.
44
93400
Complete Econo/Comp 4 Link Rear
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard Richmond gears, MW axles (gun-drilled and honed), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake kit with drilled rotors, 92400 housing.
Assembled weight 149 lbs.
93450
Complete Econo/Comp 4 Link Rear
Same as 93400 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 137 lbs.
9” FULL FLOATER
MW’s full floater 9” Ford Aluminum Modular assemblies meet the requirements of classes that must have full floating hubs. Complete assemblies, including a MW aluminum thirdmember, offer reliability and provide improved performance due to precise component alignment. Being a thirdmember type rear, it’s a snap to change gear ratios.
With the 9” and 9-1/2” of the ring and pinion, the
Modular is suited for Top Dragster, Competition
and Bracket Class applications. Thirdmembers are
now available with 9-1/2” diameter ring gear
(in select ratios) for added strength.
The MW floater unit incorporates sealed
ball bearings (self lubricating) for minimum drag. The Floater hubs are available
with a 5” or 5-1/2” bolt circle. Complete
rears include full floater assemblies with a
one-piece axle, (standard width only) and a
large pinion thirdmember. Steel or
Carbon/Carbon Disc Brakes are available for
superior stopping power along with substantial
weight savings.
91000 Modular 9” Full
Floater Assembly
MODULAR 9” FLOATER HOUSINGS
94000-31 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles
94000-37 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles
Housing with spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets (31 1/8”
wheel to wheel).
Housing with spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets (37 1/8”
wheel to wheel).
94000-33 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles
Housing with spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets (33 1/8”
wheel to wheel). 50 lbs.
MODULAR 9” FLOATER ASSEMBLIES
91000
Full Floating Mod. Aluminum Rear
Floater with 1/2” mount brackets for 5” x 5 or 5 1/2” x 5 B.C, complete
57010 thirdmember (any ratio), brake assembly with lightened discs,
MW calipers, one-piece axle, width 33-1/8” wheel to wheel, assembly
weight 164 lbs.
91050
Full Floating Mod. Aluminum Rear
Same as 91000 but with MW Carbon/carbon brakes, assembly weight
152 lbs.
45
9” PRO 4-LINK
The MW Modular 9” Pro 4-link housing is an outstanding choice for the
suspended rear racecar. All 4 link brackets are CNC machined from 7075
aircraft alloy aluminum. The layout of the 4-link attachment
points is the same as used by the leading pro stock chassis
builders.
97000 Pro-4-Link 9” Assembly
Units are available in both floater and flange type axle
configurations. Unique design features include indexing
lugs on each 4-link bracket that positively lock inner and
outer brackets to each other and to the housing. This
insures perfect alignment of all components and
eliminates the possibility of the housing and thirdmember
shifting between the brackets. To further strengthen the
assembly, aluminum cross tie bar is used to secure the
4-link brackets to the bottom of the housing. The housing
also has provisions for either upper or lower wishbone
attachment along with shock and wheelie bar mounts. Holes in
the 4-link brackets accommodate rod ends with 5/8” cross-holes.
Standard housing has a 37” wheel-to-wheel width and 20” 4 link
centers. Others widths are available (see chart on page 52).
9” MODULAR PRO 4-LINK HOUSINGS
96000
Mod 4-Link Flange Axle Housing
Modular housing, aluminum 4-link brackets 37" wheel to wheel, 20" 4-link
centers for flange type axles. See chart on page 52 for other 4 link centers
and wheel to wheel widths.(Other widths available with extra charge).
98000
Mod 4-Link Full Floater Housing
Modular Floater housing, aluminum 4-link brackets, 36-9/16" wheel to
wheel, 20" 4-link centers for Full Floater kit. See chart on page 53 for
other 4 link centers and wheel widths.(Other widths available with extra
charge)
9” MODULAR PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
97000
Complete Modular 4-Link Flange Rear
3.812 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember with 40 spline steel spool, 9”
Pro-gears, 50500 gun drilled 40 spline flange axles, MW brakes with
lightened rotors, 37” wheel to wheel and 20” 4 link centers standard.
(Other widths available at extra charge) 160 Lbs.
97050
Complete Modular 4-Link Flange Rear
Same as 97000 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
46
99000
Complete Modular 4-Link Floater Rear
3.812 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember with 40 spline steel spool, 9”
Pro-gears, gun drilled 40 spline axles, MW brakes with lightened
rotors, 36-9/16” wheel to wheel and 20” 4 link centers standard. (Other
widths available at extra charge) 185 Lbs
99050
Complete Modular 4-Link Rear
Same as 99000 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
9” STEEL TUBE
The versatility of the MW 9” Ford aluminum modular rear is truly amazing, and we keep
expanding the possible combinations. All steel tube modular rears use the same cast
aluminum center, and either steel end bells or special aluminum
end bells attached to 3” chromoly axle tubes. Steel tubes
allow installation of 4 link or ladder bar brackets, spring
pads, or any other combination available with a
traditional housing. In addition, steel tubes allow for
much wider housing widths than the aluminum
configurations. This opens up many new applications
for the MW modular housing. Using steel end bells,
4-link housings can be built with MW laser cut 4-link
brackets made from 3/16” thick steel plate. The 4-link
attachment points on these brackets are similar to our
aluminum brackets and accommodate 5/8” cross-hole rod
end. Other mounting holes for the adjustable shock mounts
and wheelie bar mounts are 3/8” diameter. 4 link centers can be
as narrow as 21”. To add rigidity to the 4 link mounts, a 1” X 3” steel
cross tube is used to tie the 4-link brackets to the bottom of the housing.
97400 Steel Tube 4-Link
Assembly
MODULAR 9” STEEL TUBE HOUSINGS
95060
96400
Steel Tube Modular Housing
3” diameter tubes with steel end bells for street/strip use. Spring pad
or suspension mount installation is additional.
95500
Steel Tube Housing w/Alum Bells
Steel Tube Modular 4-Link Housing
Any width housing, any 4-Link center to centers (min. 21”), 3” X .250”
wall 4130 steel tubes with steel end bells with choice of MW housing
ends.
3” diameter tubes with aluminum end bells for street use.
Spring pad or suspension mount installation is additional.
MODULAR 9” STEEL TUBE ASSEMBLIES
95500 Steel Tube Housing
95600
The alternate method of attaching the steel tubes to the MW 90000-series
modular aluminum center is fitting special aluminum end bells to the 3”
chromoly tubes, which can be built to any length and with any
MW housing end. This method is best suited for “Street
Rod” applications giving the rear a more hi-tech look.
Suspension, wheelie bar, and spring
mounts can be attached to the
tubes at the discretion of the
builder just as with a normal
steel 9” housing. The most
obvious benefit is the ability to
use the interchangeable, easy-tomaintain 9” Ford thirdmember.
Steel Tube Modular Assembly
With steel end bells and 4130 tubes, leaf spring pads, choice of housing ends. Includes lightweight aluminum thirdmember with 31 spline
posi, and 50400 Hi-Torque axles. Minimum of 34” housing width (No
brakes). Street or Strip applications.
95000
Steel Tube Modular Street Assembly
With aluminum end bells and 4130 tubes, leaf spring pads.
Also, your choice choice of housing ends. Includes lightweight
aluminum thirdmember and 31 spline posi, minimum of 38”
housing width (No brakes).
97400
Steel Tube Modular 4-Link Assembly
Complete with Aluminum thru bolt case, 40 spline axles, lightweight
steel spool, Richmond 9” Pro Gear, Steel 4-Link brackets, with tie bar,
MW disc brakes, drive studs, 1350 series pinion yoke, any housing
width, any width 4-Link centers (21” minimun).
The models listed are typical of three assemblies. We can build
your rear to suite your individual requirements with a different
thirdmember and axle combinations. Page 53 has dimensions
for standard bolt pattern of the 4-Link brackets. Call for a quotation on a rear that meets your requirements.
47
12 BOLT ECONO/COMP
MW’s 12 bolt Econo/Comp modular aluminum
93012 Modular 12 Bolt Econo/Comp Assembly
housing is ideal for many dragster/altered
applications. The center casting is only
14” wide. When used with standard end
bells the housing width is 24”. This
gives a wheel to wheel width of 30
1/8” allowing for the narrow rear
tread width that is popular today
with a number of dragster chassis
builders. Other widths are
available see page 52-53 for
choices. This is easily done
through the use of different end
bells. The 12 Bolt ring and pinion
has also become popular due to its
reduced internal friction. This improved
efficiency frees up horsepower and
becomes more
beneficial in lightweight cars or
lower horsepower cars.
For suspended dragsters we offer the
Econo/Comp 4 link housing (shown at
left). It incorporates special chromoly 4 link
brackets and spacers along with a tubular lower tie bar.
These new components make it easier than ever to convert
a MW modular solid mount dragster housing to a 4-link set-up.
Another
important factor is the weight of the assembly. At 122 lbs. with drilled steel rotors,
92412 Econo/Comp
the Modular 12 Bolt can easily save 10 lbs. over a 9” Ford. For the super weight conscience
4-Link Housing
racer, additional weight savings of roughly 15 lbs. is possible through the use of an aluminum
spool, lightened gear, and MW carbon/carbon disc brakes.
12 BOLT ECONO/COMP HOUSINGS
92012
Econo/Comp 12 Bolt Housing
With 5/16” mounting brackets and standard end bells w/symmetrical
brake mount pattern., (24” wide for 30 1/8” wheel to wheel width).
(NO INTERNAL PARTS) Other widths listed below.
92012-22
92012-23
92012-26
92012-28
22” Solid
23” Solid
26” Solid
28” Solid
Housing
Housing
Housing
Housing
(28-1/8” w/w)
(29-1/8” w/w)
(32-1/8” w/w)
(34-1/8” w/w)
92412
Econo/Comp 12 Bolt 4-Link Housing
With chromoly 4 link brackets, tubular tie bar and standard end bells
w/symmetrical brake mount pattern, (25 5/8” wide for 31 3/4” wheel to
wheel width). (NO INTERNAL PARTS) Other widths listed below.
92412-24
92412-25
92412-28
92412-30
23
24
27
29
12 BOLT ECONO/COMP ASSEMBLIES
93012
12 Bolt Econo/Comp Assembly
35 spline aluminum spool, lightened Richmond Pro ring and pinion
gears, MW axles (gun drilled), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake
kit with drilled rotors, 92012 solid mount housing. Assembled weight
122 lbs.
93052
12 Bolt Pro Econo/Comp Assembly
Same as 93012 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 112 lbs.
93412
5/8” 4
5/8” 4
5/8” 4
5/8” 4
Link
Link
Link
Link
Housing
Housing
Housing
Housing
(29-3/4” w/w)
(30-3/4” w/w)
(33-3/4” w/w)
(35-3/4” w/w)
12 Bolt Econo/Comp 4-Link Assembly
35 spline aluminum spool, lightened Richmond Pro ring and pinion
gears, MW axles (gun drilled), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake
kit with drilled rotors, 92412 4 link housing. Assembled weight 138 lbs.
93452
12 Bolt Mod Econo/Comp Assembly
Same as 93412 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 128 lbs.
91212
12 Bolt Center Section Only
Spare center set up with spool, Pro Gears, coupler or yoke,
48
12 BOLT PRO 4-LINK
With the current trend in Super
Comp toward suspended dragsters
and altereds, the MW Modular 12
Bolt Pro 4 Link housing is the
answer. The Pro 4 link housing
offers many benefits over
mounting a steel 12 bolt housing
with suspension brackets. MW's
innovative
modular
design
allows for a wide range of housing configurations. Housing width
and 4 link centers can be adjusted
through the use of different end bells
and/or spacers. The housing in the assembly
pictured is perfect for dragster applications
with a wheel to wheel width of 33" and 4 link
centers at just 16". Add to this all of the MW
refinements to the 12 Bolt design increased efficiency of the 12 Bolt ring
and pinion, and the lighter assembly weight vs a 9" Ford and it's easy to see
that the MW Modular 12 Bolt really meets the needs of light weight race cars.
INSPECTION/FILL PLUG IN
COVER, A DRAIN HOLE/PLUG
97012 Pro 4-Link
Assembly
DESIGN FEATURES:
IN BOTTOM OF HOUSING
THREADED
SPOOL-CARRIER
ADJUSTMENT
COVER LOCKS ON INSIDE
EDGE AND USES AN O-RING
SEAL TO ELIMINATE GASKETS
AND LEAKS.
THRU BOLTS INTO COVER
CAPS SUPPORTED BY
HOUSING WALL
96012 Pro 4-Link 12 Bolt Housing
12 BOLT PRO 4-LINK HOUSINGS
96012
12 Bolt Pro 4-Link Housing
Standard 35” wheel to wheel (28-7/8” housing) width, with aluminum
billet 4-link brackets (18” centers) and aluminum end bells.
See pages 52 & 53 for a complete list of the housing widths and 4 link
center combinations available using different end bells and/or spacers.
12 BOLT PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
97012
12 Bolt Pro 4-Link Assembly
With aluminum billet 4-link brackets, aluminum end bells, 35 spline
aluminum spool, Richmond Pro-gears, gun-drilled axles, MW disc
brakes with drilled rotors. Standard 35” wheel to wheel. 138 lbs.
97512
12 Bolt Pro 4-Link Assembly
Same assembly as 97012 shown at left but equipped with a MW carbon/carbon brake kit. 128 lbs.
49
12 BOLT STEEL TUBE
MW offers the Modular 12 Bolt with chromoly steel axle tubes. The steel tubes can be
attached to the center with either a steel end bell or aluminum end bell. A housing
built with steel end bells allows closer 4link center distances. MW can supply
the 4 link brackets (shown at right),
which have 4 link layout the similar to
the layout used by leading pro stock
chassis builders. These brackets
can be installed on the centers of
your choice. They are laser cut
from 3/16” thick steel plate. The
hole size for the rod ends is 5/8”,
other mounting holes for shock and
wheelie bar mounts are 3/8”
diameter. A 1” X 3” tubular steel tie
bar is added to stabilize the 4 link
brackets.
Aluminum end bells are available and are
97412 Steel Tube 4-Link 12 Bolt Assembly
normally used with leaf spring applications for
street applications. This method adds to the high-tech look of the
housing. Spring pads can be added for bolt in units.
12 BOLT STEEL TUBE HOUSINGS
95512
Steel Tube Housing w/Alum Bells
3” chromoly tubes with aluminum end bells for street use.
95612
Steel Tube Housing w/Steel Bells
3” chromoly tubes with steel end bells for street/strip use.
12 Bolt Steel Tube 4-Link Housing
96412
Any width housing, any 4-Link center to center (19” minimum) available. Includes main caps, adjusters, pinion bearing races, rear cover,
and choice of housing end. See diagram above.
12 BOLT STEEL TUBE ASSEMBLIES
95012
12 Bolt Steel Tube Street Assembly
12 Bolt modular housing with aluminum end bells and housing ends
to suit brakes, MasterLine axles 30 spline Eaton posi, MasterLine
gears (3.08 - 4.88 ratios), 1350 pinion yoke, fully assembled. (less
brakes)
95412
12 Bolt Steel Tube Assembly
12 Bolt modular housing with steel end bells and housing ends to
suit brakes, MasterLine axles 30 spline Eaton posi, MasterLine gears
(3.08 - 4.88 ratios), 1350 pinion yoke, fully assembled. (less brakes)
50
97412
12 Bolt Steel Tube 4-Link Assembly
Complete with Hi-Torque 35 spline axles, lightweight steel spool,
Richmond Pro Gear, Steel 4-Link brackets, with rectangular tie bar,
MW disc brakes (Drilled Rotors), drive studs, 1350 pinion yoke, any
desired housing width, any width 4-Link centers (minimum).
Mark Williams can also install customers supplied ladder bar or 4 link
brackets, shock mounts, wheelie bar mounts, spring pads etc. on steel
tube housings. Call for pricing and more information on a housing to
fit your exact needs.
COMPONENTS
90100
9” Ford Modular Center
Includes all studs, nuts and washers for end bells and center section,
filler cap, vent and pump block off plate. Specify the thickness of the
end bells or 4-link brackets to determine the proper end bell stud.
90200
12 Bolt Main Modular Center
With all studs, nuts and washers for end bells, main caps, adjusters
and cast rear cover with filler cap and vent. Specify the thickness of
the end bells or 4-link brackets to determine the proper end bell stud.
90200
90100
SOLID MOUNT
All modular brackets for solid mount applications are CNC
machined from 7075-T6 billet aluminum plate. 1/2" brackets are
pocket milled on both sides. Econo-Comp 4 link brackets are
laser cut 1/8" 4130 and require the billet spacer listed below.
90117
AND
90012
4-LINK BRACKETS
90116
90115
96015
90012 1/2” Mount Bracket (11” Mod) (ea.)
90115 5/16” Mount Bracket (ea.)
90116 1/2” Mount Bracket (9” Mod.) (ea.)
90117 1/2” Mount Bracket, Blank (ea.)
14" X 11", hole 3" in, semi-finished plate for custom applications.
96015 1/8” Steel 4-Link Bracket (ea.)
For 1/2” rod end bolts, requires 96023 spacer listed below
12021
Front weld in chassis mount
for 93015 4-link bracket 1/8” 4130 (not shown)
Spacer For Steel 4-Link Bracket (ea) Aluminum
spacer fits between 96015 4 link brackets.(Not Shown)
96023
FLUID PUMP ASSEMBLY
Mark Williams 9” and 11” Modular rears are set up to accept a fluid pump to circulate rear end lubricant from
the back of the housing forward to the pinion bearings and the gear contact area to extend bearing and ring
and pinion life. Pump is driven off the rear of the pinion shaft. Pump assembly includes pump shaft,
required fittings, braided hose, and fasteners.
91100 Pressure Lubrication Pump Assembly
Pump drive requires 3/8 hex in pinion shaft (see below).
91110
Broach Hex Drive in Pinion (labor only)
91100
90108
SPACERS, SEALS & TAIL LIGHT
Rear Cover for Tail Light
90108
Replaces standard pump block off plate.
90109
Tail Light
To be used with 90108 cover plate above.
90127
End Bell Axle Seal
Fits into center casting before end bell is installed
96020
1/2” Thick Keyed Spacer* (ea.)
*Keyed spacers can be used to change 4 link centers and/or housing
width on modular housings. Requires special studs.
96022
1” Thick Keyed Spacer* (ea.)
*Keyed spacers can be used to change 4 link centers and/or housing
width on modular housings. The 1” spacer can be trimmed down to 1/2”
Requires special studs.
96022
90127
90109
51
CONFIGURATIONS
ForLarge OD
58509 bearing
4-11/16”
4-11/16”
4-3/16
FLANGE
AXLE END
BELLS
90110
9”
OR 11” SOLID
MOUNT REAR
90122
90118
32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 31 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
3-11/16”
5-11/16”
90124
30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
6-11/16”
90140
90140
34 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 3
6 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 18” CENTERS
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
42”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
43”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 19” CENTERS
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 20” CENTERS
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 21” CENTERS
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 22” CENTERS
12 BOLT
SOLID MOUNT
REAR
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
16” CENTERS
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
17” CENTERS
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
18” CENTERS
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
19” CENTERS
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
20” CENTERS
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
a
30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 29 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 28 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 34 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
31”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32”
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
a
34”
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” ECONO 4 LINK
REAR 17 1/8” CENTERS
33-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 33-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 32-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 31-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 35-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 37-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT ECONO 4 LINK
REAR 15 1/8” CENTERS
31-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 31-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 30-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 29-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 33-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL 35-3/4” WHEEL TO WHEEL
THE M/W MODULAR
rear can be configured for 90141 End Bell Large Bearing
flange axles or floater hubs to meet any requirement.
These charts list the most popular configurations. Heavy duty Modular end Bell that uses oversize
Changes from the base price of the assembly are also wide bearing. For use with large, 3.347 OD 1shown. In addition some of the modular rears used for 3/16 wide single and double ball bearing. MW
part numbers 58519 and 58508 bearings.
front motor applications can use spacers between the
housing and the mounting brackets to align the attachment point closer to the chassis rails.
52
5 250
CONFIGURATIONS
2-9/16
3-1/16
90322
90323
3-9/16
5-9/16
4-9/16
90324
90320
SERIES II
FLOATER
END BELLS
90321
31-1/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32-1/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33-1/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-1/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-1/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11”
SOLID MOUNT REAR
33-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
34-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
35-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
36-9/1/6
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
42-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
37-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
43-9/16
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 18” CENTERS
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 19” CENTERS
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 20” CENTERS
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 21” CENTERS
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 22” CENTERS
All dimensions are in inches Standard combinations are shown, call for special widths
500” floater
53
FULL FLOATER HUB KITS
55005/55031
DRIVE PLATE
90301 CALIPER
MOUNT
95XXX Floater Assembly
SIX HOLE CALIPER
ATTACHMENT
90304 FLOATER
4340 SPINDLE
55010/55070
HUB BEARINGS
71010/81004
BRAKE ROTOR
55068 FLOATER
HUB
76X6261 DRIVE
PLATE SEAL
The M/W Full Floater assembly is required by most sanctioning bodies for Fuel, Alcohol, and Pro Modified racecars. In the event
of an axle failure, the floating hub will prevent wheel loss. An added performance advantage is that the wheel alignment is
maintained under high acceleration load situations, preventing a “toe in” condition. The Series II floater assemblies feature a
handful of new improvements. A larger inside bearing allows thicker spindle cross-section preventing crack propagation under
severe tire-shake conditions. The forged aluminum hub has improved stud retention with deeper counter-bores and longer threads
engagement. Hubs are available with either 5-1/2” or 5” X 5 hole bolt circle. Spindles are produced from forged 4340 chromenickel-molybdenum steel and heat-treated. Floater axles are available in the standard 4340 or 300M, solid or gun-drilled steel. All
drive plates are 40-spline and machined and heat-treated 4140 alloy steel.
Kits are available with conventional steel rotors or carbon-carbon setups that feature our Slot-Drive™ rotor attachment technology.
Upgrade options include ceramic wheel bearings and four caliper brake kits. The floater kits are also available with long spindles,
or without spindles to fit modular housings already equipped with spindles.
STANDARD FLOATER KITS
95700
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern.
95750
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
95800
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern.
95850
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
CARBON/CARBON FLOATER KITS
95400
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern.
95450
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
95555
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern.
95570
Full Floater Hub Assembly
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
FLOATER KIT UPGRADE OPTIONS
Dual Caliper Option w/ Steel Rotors add
Titanium Wheel Studs add
Aluminum Lug Nuts add
One Piece Floater Shaft, std length add
One Piece Floater Shaft, special length add
300M Material Axle Shafts add
54
300M Material Axle Shafts gun drilled add
Floater Axles (non-standard lengths*) add
Gun-Drilled Floater Axles (non-standard*) add
Long Spindle Upgrade add for pair
Ceramic Bearing upgrade
* Note: Axles are included with floater kits. Stocked axles,
(28” to 38” wheel to wheel) will be supplied gun-drilled at no
additional charge. All others see pricing options.
FLOATER COMPONENTS
Mark Williams' unique ball bearing floater design, easily identified by the large snap ring that retains the hub. This very successful drag
race design is race proven. We stock everything you need for repair and/or replacement, or to update your current floater assembly.
55052
MW Floater Hub for Steel Rotor (ea)
5” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design.
55068
MW Floater Hub for Steel Rotor (ea)
5-1/2” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design.
55066
MW Carbon/Carbon Floater Hub (ea)
5” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs.
55069
MW Carbon/Carbon Floater Hub (ea)
5 1/2” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs.
90304
Floater Spindle, Short Series II (ea)
Short spindle 7-7/16” over all length 3-1/32” length from flange.
90335
Floater Spindle, Long Series II (ea)
Long spindle 12-916” over all length, 8-1/8” length from flange.
55005 40 Spline Drive Plate 5” Bolt Circle (ea)
55031 40 Spline Drive Plate, 5 1/2” Bolt Circle (ea)
55008 Floater Axle Shafts Stocked (pr)
55008C Floater Axle Shafts, to 20” Long (pr)
55008CG Floater Axle Shafts Gun-drilled (pr)
55008L Floater Axle Shafts, 20” to 34” Long (pr)
55008M Floater Axle Shafts, (pr)
300M material (custom made) up to 20”.
55010
Floater Hub Bearing, Outer (ea)
Double sealed ball bearing, 1 per hub.
55070
Floater Hub Bearing, Inner (ea)
Series II large inner, double sealed Ball Bearing .
55018
93061
40 Spline Drive Plate Cover (ea)
Floater Wheel Stud (ea)
5/8-18 thd. 4.2" over all, 2” shoulder protrudes 11/16" from drive plate.
71010
Brake Rotor (ea)
Slot drive mounting pattern, 11-3/4” diameter with lightening holes.
90301
Single Caliper Mount Bracket (ea)
For late symmetrical spindle, 11 3/4” rotor with a single caliper.
95023
Dual Caliper Mount Bracket (ea)
For Series II spindle, 11 3/4” rotor with dual calipers.
95029
Dual Caliper Mount Bracket (ea)
For Series II spindle, 11 3/8” rotor with dual calipers, for 15” wheels
76X6261 40 Spline Drive Plate Seal (ea)
The parts listed are for current kits. Service Parts for older kits are
available. The design has been updated to have interchange-ability
with previous versions. Contact the sales department for the availability of parts not listed. For Floater End Bells see page 53.
MW wheel spacers are
available in 1/4” and
1/2” thicknesses and
are produced from
billet aircraft grade
aluminum (not cast).
All spacers are drilled for
use with 11/16” diameter
7304
7308
7314
7318
drive studs. All popular
wheel bolt patterns are
available. The 7304 and 7308 center hole clears a 3-1/16” register.
The 7314 and 7318 clears a 3-1/2” floater drive plate.
MW offers two sizes of filler caps and weld bungs. Either suitable
for many different applications, including rear end, valve cover,
fuel tanks, etc. Filler cap weld bungs are available in steel or aluminum. Popular size fuel line aluminum weld bungs, drain plug
w/bung and screw-in housing vents are also available.
-6 Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum), (3/8)
2403
-8 Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum), (1/2)
2404
5014
Rear Drain Fitting (3/8” pipe thread)
Rear Filler Cap, Gold Anodized, (Alum)
5015
Rear Filler Weld Bung, (Steel)
5016
Rear Filler Weld Bung, (Aluminum)
5018
Vent Plug Rear Housing (1/4” pipe thread)
5019
5020
Fuel Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum)
BILLET WHEEL SPACERS
3/16” Wheel Spacers (pr)
7303
4-1/2”, 4-3/4” & 5” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
1/4” Wheel Spacers (pr)
7304
4-1/2”, 4-3/4” & 5” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
1/2” Wheel Spacers (pr)
7308
4-1/2”, 4-3/4” & 5” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
1/4” Wheel Spacers for Floater (pr)
7314
4-3/4”, 5” & 5 1/2” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
1/2” Wheel Spacers for Floater (pr)
7318
4-3/4”, 5” & 5 1/2” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
FILLER CAPS
5030
5015
5021
5022
5030
5040
5020
5018
5040
5016
2404
AND
BUNGS
5022
2403
5019
5021
5014
Vent Plug Rear Housing (1/8” pipe thread)
-16 Fuel Line Weld Bung (Aluminum)
Fuel Tank Cap (Aluminum)
Fuel Tank Filler Weld Bung, (Steel)
Also used for a large rear filler/inspection port on rear
55
HOUSING ENDS & RETAINERS
MW manufactures a full line of weld on housing ends. All housing ends are
CNC machined from 4130 heat treated or mild steel forgings and are designed
to butt weld to the housing tube and match the bolt patterns of most popular
brake assemblies. Most ends are 2" long housing ends and have provisions for
inboard seals that eliminates possible gear oil leakage through the axle
bearings. This extra length also reduces distortion problems of the bearing bore
from final welding. MW heavy-duty retainers are laser cut from 1/4" thick steel and are available to match
the MW ends. All Pro Street Housing ends use Timken® bearings and special outboard seals.Alignment tools
are available to properly install the housing ends (page 57).
SYMMETRICAL
49580
Titanium Symmetrical (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. Titanium. fig. A
58580
Symmetrical 4130 material (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 4130 material fig. A
58580D Short Symmetrical (pr)
3 00
3 00
A
58581Short Symmetrical Taped (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. 3/8-24 threaded
holes. fig. A
3 464
58585Pro-Street Symmetrical (pr)
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. A
2 414
B
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. 4130 material fig. A
OLDS/PONTIAC
58500
Olds/Pontiac (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. B
58500H Olds/Pontiac (pr)
2 828
3 398
58590
Olds/Pontiac (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long with 3/8-24
threaded holes. fig. B
2 656
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. fig. B
58501
3 072
Olds/Pontiac Retainers (pr)
CHEVROLET
58400
Full Size GM (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. C
58450
Full Size GM Pro Street (pr)
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. C
58410
Full Size GM Retainers (pr)
FORD
57800
Small Ford (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. E
57801
57802
57804
57805
57810
Small Ford Retainers (pr)
New Style Ford Retainers (pr)
Large Ford Retainers (pr)
Lincoln Retainer (pr)
Small Ford Pro Street (pr)
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. E
57820
C
Large Ford 1/2” Holes Pro Street
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. Pair fig. F
2 401
58230
58600
Standard GM Retainers (pr)
Standard GM (pr)
Standard GM Pro Street (pr)
E
3 50
57830
Large Ford 1/2” Holes (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. F
57840
2 375
F
Lincoln 3/8” Holes (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. F
57850
Lincoln 3/8” Holes Pro Street (pr)
3 556
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. F
57860
New Style Ford (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. G
58510
2 00
8.8 Ford Retainers (pr)
53189Mopar (pr)
3 396
1 679
Mopar Retainers (pr)
H
3 064
3 180
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. I
56501
G
8.8 Ford (pr)
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. Includes 3/8” backing
plate studs. fig. H
53184Mopar Long(pr)
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. I
2 00
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. D
MOPAR
53188Mopar Pro Street (pr)
2 652
3 312
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. D
58560
58511
For 56003 or56001 bearings. For seal. fig. I
D
1 573
I
3 566
56
Heavy Duty HOUSING ENDS
These ends accept a much larger, single, double row or self aligning axle bearings that are capable of
handling increased loads seen with these high horsepower cars.
The HD series and the spherical Evolution 4.1 bearings (see page 5) have a larger O.D. of 85mm
(3.347"), which requires either modifying the existing, or purchasing new caliper mounting brackets
that accept the larger diameter. The bearing used with these ends have a 45mm bore so they must be
58595
installed on axles to match. The sealing arrangement has been modified with a seal in either the caliper
bracket, the housing end bore, or before the bearing in the housing end depending on the system. All ends are drilled for the 3” square
symmetrical bolt pattern and require the 58572 3/8” diameter stud kit to retain the caliper brackets.
58577 Evolution 4.1 Housing Ends (pr)
58598
Housing end for Evolution 4.1 system. See Pg 6 for design details.
58595
Ends for 85mm wide bearings w/Seal (pr)
58599
For 58508 wide bearing only. 2.25” long with provision for seal
Ends for 85mm wide bearing w/o Seal (pr)
For 58508 sealed bearing 1.50” long no provision for inner seal
Housing Ends for 85mm Narrow bearing
2” long 4130 w/seal provision for 58509 bearing and 58570 bolt kit.
BOLT KITS & SEALS
58515
MW stocks both 3/8” and 1/2” backing plate bolt kits as well as the stud kit
required for the HD housing ends. 3/8” bolts feature quick start ends with serrations under the heads to hold them securely in the housing ends. 1/2” size are
O.E. Ford type. All kits also include self locking nuts. MW offers 3 different
inner axle seals for all MW 2”long housing ends. These seals are designed to
ride on the axle shaft just inboard of the axle bearing lock ring.
58514
58515
58516
58570
58572
Housing End Seal for 1.625 dia. Axle
Housing End Seal for 1.774 dia. Axle
Housing End Seal for 1.562 dia. Axle
Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 8)
58572
58514
58516
58570
58516
Housing End Stud Kit (set of 8)
3/8” studs, nuts and washers for Pro Mod housing ends or
MW modular end bells.
58575
3/8” with nuts for MW housing ends except large Ford.
Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 8)
1/2” with nuts for large Ford ends
58570A Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 10)
For Mopar type ends that require 10 bolts.
HOUSING NARROWING TOOLS
310
302
303
312
The Mark Williams housing alignment tools are the most accurate way to
narrow a rear end housing. The alignment bar is a large 2” diameter that
has been hard chromed and O.D. ground for durability and precise fit to all
other components. Alignment sleeves and center rings are machined
from 4140 steel, heat treated, then all O.D.s are ground and precision
hard turned. Kits are are shipped in a wooden container that is ideal for
storage.
304
301
311
300F
309
307
306
308
305
Housing End Alignment Kit
2” diameter hard chromed alignment bar, 39 1/2” long, #303
alignment sleeve (1) for 3.150” O.D. and 2.835” O.D. bearings
(small Ford) and choice of 1 pair center alignment rings. 65#
300M
Housing End Alignment Kit
2” diameter hard chromed alignment bar, 39 1/2” long, #302
alignment sleeve (1) for 3.150” O.D. and 2.875” O.D. bearings
(Mopar) and choice of 1 pair center alignment rings. 65#
300M
Housing End Alignment Kit
2” diameter hard chromed alignment bar, 39 1/2” long, #310 alignment sleeve (1) for 3.150” O.D. and 3.349” O.D. bearings (Symetrical
H ends) and choice of 1 pair center alignment rings. 65#
302
Housing End Alignment Adapter
For 3.150” and 2.875” O.D. axle bearings (stock Mopar ends).
Also has shoulder for locating 3” x .250 tubes.
303
Housing End Alignment Sleeve
For 3.150” and 2.835” O.D. axle bearings (Mustang ends).
Also has shoulder for locating 3” x .250 tubes.
304 Floater Spindle Alignment Sleeve
For M-W floater spindles. Pre Series II spindles
305
Center Section Alignment Rings
Dana 60, 3.812” O.D.
306
Center Section Alignment Rings
Ford 9”, 3.250” O.D.
307
Center Section Alignment Rings
12-bolt, 8.8” Ford and Ford 9”, 3.062” O.D.
308
Center Section Alignment Rings
Mopar 8-3/4”, 3.265” O.D.
309
Center Section Alignment Rings
8” Ford, Small 9” Ford, GM 10 Bolt, 2.891” O.D.
310
Housing End Alignment Sleeve For 3.150” and
3.349” O.D. axle bearings (Symetrical H ends).
311
Housing End Adapter sleeve
For aligning 58577 ends with 3.150 Adaptor
312
Ev. 4.1 Housing end Adapter
Evolution 4.1 3.6”dia and 85mm (3.349”) ends .
57
FRONT DISC BRAKE KITS
MW has redefined the front disc brake kit standard. The front kits are designed to be the
lightest and simplest kits on the market today. This clean sheet design incorporates a one
piece hub/brake hat is produced from aircraft alloy aluminum. The MW design also
incorporates a large diameter rotor-mounting pattern, which reduces rotor weight. The
larger mounting diameter utilizes the Slot-Drive© attachment system that reduces rotor
warpage. The hub design directs the heat from the brake rotor away from the wheel
bearings and allows the wheel, (the largest heat sink), to absorb most of the heat before
it can reach the bearings. The hubs are double drilled with 4-1/2" and 4-3/4" bolt
patterns to fit the most popular wheels. 1/2-20 X 2" (3" available) wheel studs are
standard as are the billet
L ARGE ROTOR MOUNTING
aluminum dust caps with
BOLT CIRCLE REDUCES
o-ring seals. The abrasive
ROTOR WEIGHT
SUPER STRONG resistant steel rotors are
MW CALIPER stress relieved, double disc
SLOT-DRIVE™DISC DRIVERS
ground in MW's facility and
feature cleaning grooves that
act to clean the surface of the
GENUINE
DUST COVER
brake pads as well as indicate rotor
TIMKEN®
WITH O-RING
wear. A new feature is the Slot-Drive™
BEARINGS
SEAL
CR™SEALS disc drive system that reduces rotor warping.
SUPER LIGHT
WEIGHT HUB
DESIGN
1/2-20 WHEEL
STUDS
BELL ADAPTER
DIRECTS ROTOR HEAT
AWAY FROM
BEARINGS
The heart of all Mark Williams brake kits is the MW
quick-change caliper. The bridge strength of the MW
4-1/2” & 4-3/4” caliper is superior to every other caliper on the market
PATTERNS
today due to the use of large 7/16" fasteners connecting
STANDARD
the caliper halves and the use of a bridge bolt on
the 4-piston caliper. Internal fluid porting
eliminates external lines and allows calipers to
be used on either side. Each kit includes
Timken® tapered roller bearings, CR™ inner
seal, spindle nut and washer and all of the
required fasteners.
75250
Late Model
“F” Body Kit
Timken® Hi-Temp Grease is recomended see page 59.
FRONT DISC INTEGRAL HUB BRAKE KITS
Every Mark Williams front disc brake kit has been engineered for the easiest possible installation, but in order to keep the tread width as close to original
as possible some spindles require modifications. GM front brake kits listed do require spindle modifications as well as other kits marked with an *. The
installation-service bulletin included with each kit details the required modifications or MW can modify customers spindles and/or install the kit. Most
other kits listed are bolt-on replacements and do not require spindle modifications prior to kit installation. To ensure the proper spindle is used the
Hollander Interchange number is listed with each front brake kit. Some kits may require a spindle change. All front Disc Brake Kits require the usage of a
pressure reducing valve to balance the braking force with the rear. This valve is available our part number 260-8419 page 63.
FORD KITS
75300
Late Pinto/Mustang II 2 Piston Kit
‘74-’78 Mustang II
75350
’74-’80 Pinto
Early Pinto 4 Piston Kit
‘71-’72 Pinto (drum brakes)
75460
Mustang 4 Piston Kit
’70 Mustang/Falcon/Fairlane ,71-’74 Comet (drums)
75600
‘67-’69 Mustang ’66-’69 Comet (drum)
58
Spindle #615
Early Mustang 2 Piston Kit
Spindle #790
‘78-81 Mustang 4 Piston Kit
‘79-’81 Mustang 4 & 6 cylinder
75770
Spindle #494
Late Mustang 4 Piston Kit*
’79 Mustang 4&6 cyl ‘80 All ‘81 some
75760
Spindle #657
Spindle #552
‘64 Fairlane T/B 4 Piston Kit
‘64-’65 Fairlane
75750
Spindle #657
Early Mustang 4 Piston Kit
’67-’69 Mustang ’66-’69 Comet (drum)
75655
Spindle #747
Early Pinto 2 Piston Kit
‘71-’72 Pinto (drum brakes)
75450
75650
Spindle #747
Late Pinto/Mustang II 4 Piston Kit
’74-’78 Mustang II
75400
’74-’80 Pinto
Spindle 1536
‘87-’92 Mustang 4 Piston Kit
8 cylinder strut
Strut # 1034
75000-S Special Application Brake kits
Spindle #552
We can produce some special kits Priced On Application (P.O.A.)
GENERAL MOTORS KITS
75100
Early Camaro/Chevelle 2 Piston Kit
75850
‘67-’69 Camaro/Firebird ’67-’72 Chevelle
‘68-’74 Nova (all drum spindles)
*Spindle #622
75860
‘67-’69 Camaro/Firebird ’67-’72 Chevelle ’68-’74 Nova (all drum spindles).
Spindle #622
75870
75150
75200
Early Camaro/Chevelle 4 Piston Kit
75250
*Spindle #1019
Late GM “F” Body 4 Piston Kit
’93-’00 Camaro/Firebird
75840
*Spindle #838
Corvette 4 Piston Kit
’69-’82 Corvette ’68-’72 Chevy Pass. w/disc brakes
75950
’94-’00 Chevy S-10 ’79-’87 Monte Carlo and Malibu
’79-’87 Grand Prix
MOPAR KITS
Camaro/Chevelle 2 Piston Kit
“A” Body 4 Piston Kit
75550
“A” Body 4 Piston Kit
Challenger 4 Piston Kit
75570
“E” Body 4 Piston Kit
*Spindle #609
2009 Challenger KIt
*spindle #609
Note: To assure the proper fit we require the spindles for Mopar
Kits to be sent for variation and factory installation. We have
found there are so many variations, this method is the only way
we can assure a proper installation.
75000
75010
75030
*Spindle #1025
*Spindle #1019
*Spindle #531
75540
*Spindle #576
GM “G” Body/S-10 4 Piston Kit
‘70-’76 Camaro/Firebird ’73-’76 Chevelle ‘75-’76 Nova*Spindle #699A
75500
*Spindle #823
Corvette 4 Piston Kit
‘84 Corvette w/ aluminum Spindles
Late GM “F” Body 2 Piston Kit
’93-’00 Camaro/Firebird
3rd Generation Camaro 4 Piston Kit
’82-’92 Camaro/Firebird
Strange Sportsman Strut 2 Piston Kit
Santhuff Strut 4 Piston Kit
Bickel Super Stock Strut 4 Piston Kit
RACING STRUT HUB KITS
75040
75050
75070
Bickel Strut 2 Piston Kit
Strange Sportsman Strut 4 Piston Kit
Art Morrison Strut 4 Piston Kit
SPINDLE MOUNT KITS
MW's floating brake rotor solves the installation problems associated with fixed rotor
kits. Mark Williams now offers several kits that are direct bolt-on to Lamb style front
struts. Also included are kits designed for MW Anglia/P&S style front spindles, plus
the Strange adjustable Dragster/FC spindle.
All kits feature designs that use a solid mounted billet aluminum two piston
caliper, billet aluminum rotor adapter, and unique, patented, USP 6,988,598
B2, floating brake rotor (available in steel or carbon fiber). With this design, runout on the back of the wheel is not critical. Please note that your MW dragster
spindles must be sent to the factory for bracket installation or are available new with
the mounting tabs installed.
73000
Spindle Mount Kit
MW front spindles. This kit requires spindles be sent to factory for
bracket installation, part #31250
73100
Carbon Spindle Mount Kit
MW front spindles with carbon rotors and pads. This kit requires spindle bracket installation, part # 31250
73200
Strange Spindle Mount Kit
Strange aluminum funny car spindles. With steel rotors.
73300
Lamb/JBRC Strut Kit
73400
Carbon Kit Lamb/JBRC Strut Kit
Lamb or JBRC struts with carbon rotors and pads.
73450
Carbon Kit Santhuff Strut
Santhuff struts. With carbon rotors and pads.
73500
Carbon Kit Strange F/C Spindle
Strange Adjustable F/C Spindles with carbon rotors and pads
welding for bracket mount installation
31250
Install Tabs On MW Spindle
Labor to install caliper mounting tabs on MW spindles
Lamb or JBRC front struts.
73350
Santhuff Strut Kit
Santhuff struts. With steel rotors.
HI-TEMP BEARING GREASE
This is the recomended lubrication for MW Front Diac Brake Kits. The low friction Premium
Timken bearing grease for Disc Brakes is designed to prolong the life of your bearings. It
lowers friction and holds up to the heat of racing applications.
55-0050 Hi-Temp Timken Bearing Grease
Premium Grease, Hi-Temp Red. 1 lb. tub
59
REAR DISC BRAKE KITS
Mark Williams rear disc brakes kits have been designed for Drag Race
applications for maximum weight savings and durability.
81100
71225
Materials;Caliper mounts are billet 7075-T6 aluminum, Adapter rotor
"hats" are proprietary alloy, aluminum and are triple drilled with 4-1/2”, 43/4 and 5” X 5 holes drilled to accept 5/8" (11/16” shoulder) drive studs.
The brake rotors are abrasive resistant steel and double disc ground to be flat
and parallel. All the required mounting hardware and MW calipers with linings
are included.
Features; MW calipers are exceptionally strong, compact, with superior bridge
strength over similar products. One most significant strength factor is the bridge
strength. Even though the material used in MW calipers is nearly 30% stronger than
common billet calipers. All MW calipers use four 7/16" diameter body fastener plus a
5/16" diameter bridge bolt in an effort to maximize the calipers rigidity. MW calipers
unilize a 7/16 hex bleeder screws in both ends (no right and left hand calipers) and internal fluid passages eliminating external
Slot-Drive™ System damage prone lines. The Slot Drive™ rotor attachment system is a major improvement for prolonging brake rotor life .
FORD BRAKE KITS
71525
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
Large Ford housing ends with 1/2” bolts.
71550
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Large Ford housing ends with 1/2” bolts.
71825
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
Small Ford (Mustang) housing ends with 3/8” bolts.
71850
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Small Ford (Mustang) housing ends with 3/8” bolts.
71325
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
New Style Ford Ends with 3/8” bolts.
71350
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
New Style Ford Ends with 3/8” bolts.
CHEVROLET KITS
71725
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
For GM mid-size housing ends.
71750
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
GM mid-size housing ends.
OLDS/PONTIAC KITS
71125
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
Olds-Pontiac housing ends.
MOPAR KITS
71625
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
Mopar housing ends. Caliper mounts require modifications when
using MW 53189 ends.
SYMMETRICAL END KITS
71225
71925
71950
71150
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
71250
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
MW 58580 or Lamb symmetrical type housing ends, 3.150” Bearing
71255
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Fits 58577 Evolution 4.1 housing ends
71280
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Heavy Duty ends P/N 58595, 58598, and 58599, 3.347” Bearing.
71290
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Smaller profile for 15” bead-lock wheels. Fits MW 58580 or Lamb
housing ends.
60
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Olds housing ends installed in the stock position.
71650
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
PPMopar housing ends. Caliper mounts require modifications when
using MW 53189 ends.
4 Caliper Brake Kits
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
Heavy Duty ends P/N 58595, 58598, and 58599, 3.347” Bearing.
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit
Stock housing ends with MW “C” clip eliminator kit.
MW 58580 or Lamb symmetrical type housing ends, 3.150 Bearing
71230
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit
stock housing ends with MW “C” clip eliminator kit.
71260
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit, 4 Caliper
MW 58580 or Lamb housing ends. Four calipers.
71270
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit, t4 Caliper
MW 58580 or Lamb housing ends. Four calipers.
71275
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit, 4 Caliper
MW 58580 or Lamb housing ends. Four calipers.
11 3/8” rotor for 15” Beadlock wheel applications.
Most kits are available with a dual caliper
configuration. Those configurations are
designed to give extra holding power at the
starting line.
71270
CARBON/CARBON BRAKES
MW Carbon/Carbon brakes offer the advantage of an extremely light-weight rotor with superior stopping ability. When compared to a standard kit with drilled steel rotors, a Carbon/Carbon
brake kit can save you as much as 10 lbs of rotating weight. Carbon/Carbon brakes are
unique because both the disc and friction pad are made of the same material and do not suffer brake fade at elevated operating temperatures as with normal rotors and friction materials. The square drive lug system allows for the expansion of the aluminum mounting hat
without applying pressure to the rotor. MW brakes are produced from BFG 2D PAN knit
Carbon/Carbon that is superior to the random chopped fiber material used by others. MW
Carbon/Carbon kits include MW race proven 4 piston calipers with hard anodized pistons,
carbon brake pads with titanium heat shields, billet aluminum mounting brackets, and all the
required fasteners. Extensive race testing has proven the outstanding wear characteristics of
the BFG Carbon/Carbon material. Brake Technology has changed dramatically over the
past few years and Mark Williams Enterprises is in the forefront.
81200
Carbon/Carbon Brake Kit
Fits MW 58580 or Lamb symmetrical type housing ends. 4-1/2”, 4-3/4” and 5” bolt circle.
Saves 12 lbs. over standard brake kit.
81280 Carbon/Carbon Brake Kit
Fits Heavy Duty ends with 3.346 O.D. bearing 58595, 58598 and 58599 ends.
BRAKE SYSTEM TECH
CALIPER ALIGNMENT, CLEARANCE &
POSITION
PEDAL RATIO &
MASTER CYLINDER
BRAKE LINES &
FLUID
Axle stand out controls the alignment of the
brake system and as a result is very critical. To
check stand out first verify that the housing ends
are perfectly aligned. Install axles and check
axle standout (face of axle flange to face of
housing end) as accurately as possible. See the
chart below for stand out dimensions for MW
brake kits. Stand out should be + .015 of the
dimension listed. Shims are available to correct
the alignment. 71009 shim will move the disc
outward .015”. 71018 shim will move the caliper
inboard .015”. Misalignment can cause caliper
mount deflection, one of the causes of a
“spongy” pedal. Install wheels to make sure
caliper to wheel clearance is adequate both
radially and from outer face of the caliper to the
inner face of the wheel. To bleed, the calipers
must be positioned at 3 or 9 o’clock. This allows
the bleeder to be at the highest point, ensuring
that all air is removed from system.
The master cylinder bore size
influences the obtainable brake
line pressure. Recommended
master cylinder size when
using two typical 4 piston
calipers only in the rear is a
single outlet, 7/8” bore master
cylinder. If single piston front
brakes are used in conjunction
with two 4 piston calipers in
the rear a dual outlet, tandem
1” bore master cylinder is recommended. When using 4 piston calipers front and rear a
dual outlet, tandem 1-1/8” bore
master cylinder is recommended. Mounting the master cylinder to a frame rail or roll bar is
recommended to ensure a
solid mount. With the correct
master cylinder in place the
pedal ratio must be great
enough to produce 1200 psi
system pressure under severe
braking
conditions.
We
recommend using a pressure
gauge con-nected to the
system
to
verify
the
maximum available pres-sure
before running the car. If the
desired pressure can not be
easily attained the pedal ratio
must be increased until the
minimum pressure of 1000 psi
is easily reached.
Aircraft AN-3 brake
lines and fittings are
recommended. Only
stainless steel braided
teflon hose, stainless
or seamless steel tubing (3/16” x .028”)
should be used for
brake lines. Lines
should be secured to
chassis rails to resist
vibration and routed in
such a way to avoid
possible contact with
wheels, tires and other
moving parts. Joining
hard line and braided
line or “T”s should be
done using a bulkhead
fitting and a small tab
welded to the chassis.
Long runs should be
done with hard tubing
to avoid expansion of
flexible line.
The
amount of flexible
braided hose in the
system should be kept
to a minimum. See
page 63 for AN -3 fittings and brake line.
Use of DOT 4 or
5.1fluid with a high
boiling point and
lubrication for seals
and pistons is recommended. Do not use
(DOT5) silicone fluids.
Axle Standout
Housing
End
Symmetrical ends
Olds ends
Large Ford ends
Small Ford ends
GM 10-12 Bolt ends
Mopar ends
2.834”
2.834”
2.500”
2.500”
2.812”
2.500”
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Spongy Pedal Poor Stopping:
A) Air in system. Bleed brakes, making sure that the bleed valve is the highest point.
B) Disc warped (saucer shaped).
Replace or resurface rotors
C) Calipers not square with disc.
Check housing end alignment, both
concentricity and squareness.
D) Linings worn on taper. Make sure
that caliper is centered over the rotor
and the caliper bracket is not deflecting.
E) Master cylinder bore too small.
Match master cylinder to the
system.Check the line pressure.
F) Master cylinder deflection. Stiffen
master cylinder mounts
G) Pedal ratio wrong, low or high pressure
Brakes are locked up after run:
The piston in the master cylinder is not
being allowed to return to the start location when released which maintains
line pressure. Re-adjust the linkage so
that the piston completely returns.
Excessive pad wear, disc shows
excess heat:
A) System pressure is too low causing
a longer pressure applied time to stop.
Pressure needs to be high enough to
allow wheel lock at any time. Check
the ability of the system to generate
1200 PSI.
B) Pistons sticking in caliper, clean and
overhaul calipers.
Maintenance:
Annual disassembly and cleaning of
brake system recommended. Overhaul
2010
NHRA E.T.
Bracket Series
61
BRAKE KIT COMPONENTS
All of the components that make up Mark Williams brake kits are available individually. The main components are listed below and on
the following page. If there is a part that is not shown please call and a MW tech will help you find the parts.
2 & 4 PISTON CALIPERS
MW calipers are all manufactured in house and are cast from the
same alloy as the MW 9” Ford cases that have 30% more tensile
strength than 6061 used in most billet calipers on the market.
Pistons are machined from billet aluminum and have been hard coat
anodized. The trick 73002 2 piston caliper, for floating front disc
brakes is machined from 2024 billet aluminum.
73002
Billet 2 Piston Front Caliper (ea)
MW Quick Change Caliper (ea)
83100
MW Single Piston Caliper (ea)
83100PR MW Single Piston Calipers (pr)
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, with non-asbestos 81130 linings.
MW Quick Change Caliper (ea)
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, with linings.
71018
For .812” thick vented rotor, no lining.
0.015” Caliper Shim
To move caliper out for fine adjustments. Goes between caliper and
mounting bracket. (Shown Below)
BRAKE HATS & ROTORS
71018
73311
75010
71022
For 70000 series brakes. With 4 1/2”, 4 3/4” and 5” patterns.
81001
82100
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, no linings.
81100PR MW Quick Change Calipers (pr)
MW brake hats are CNC
machined in house from
a special aircraft alloy.
All hats clear a 3.062”
register and are
machined to accept MW
5/8” drive studs. Hats
locate on a 6.248” max. axle
81001
flange diameter.
71022 Brake Disc Hat (ea)
81100
For .812” thick vented rotor, with non-asbestos 81130 linings.
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, no linings.
82100
83100
82100PR MW Quick Change Calipers (pr)
For MW floating rotor front brake kit, no linings.
81100
73002
Carbon Brake Disc Hat (ea)
71009
81004
71030
71010
71002
For 80000 series outboard mount disc brake.
71002
71035
Cast Iron Brake Rotor (ea)
71010
73311
Steel Brake Rotor Slot-Drive (ea)
73104
Steel Brake Rotor Slot-Drive (ea)
75009
0.015” Rotor Shim
Steel Brake Front Rotor Slot-Drive(ea)
With cleaning grooves. For 75000 series kit with slot drive attachment.
To move disc out for fine adjustments. 4-3/4” & 4-1/2” x 5 patterns
71034
Carbon Floating Brake Rotor (ea)
For 73100 & 73400 brake kits. (Not shown)
With cleaning grooves for 71000 series kit.
71009
Steel Floating Brake Rotor (ea)
For 73000 (.325 thick) series kit.
With lightening holes for 71000 series kit.
71030
Rear Brake Slot Drive Hardware Kit
Slot drive drivers and fastners (recomended with new rotors)
.810” vented for 72000 series brake kit.
81004
Front Brake Slot Drive Hardware Kit
Slot drive drivers and fastners (recomended with new rotors)
BRAKE LININGS
73109
81136
Carbon Brake Rotor (ea)
For 81000 brake kit , 95400 & 95555 floater kits, .437 thick.
Carbon/Carbon Lining (ea)
For MW 73002 floating front caliper. (Not shown)
81022
Carbon/Carbon Lining (ea)
Includes Titanium steel backing plate, MW carbon brake system
81130
83120
9-707-625
9-707-150
81022
9-707-150 Lining, Lamb Strut, Pre ‘85 (4 ea)
9-707-625 Lining, Lamb Strut Post ‘85 (4 ea)
73004 Lining, MW Front Caliper (ea)
For MW 2 piston billet front caliper in spindle mount kits.
62
81135
81130
Ferodo Hi-Friction Lining (ea)
For MW 81100,81200 caliper, Ferodo non-asbestos high friction this
in the normal lining shipped with brake kits.
81136
Bushing for 81130 Linings, (ea)
Use with 81135 lining in JFZ or Wilwood calipers.
83120
Lining, 2 Piston Front Caliper (ea)
BRAKE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
B3360
81105
9-1841A
81105
1 1/32” Dual Master Cylinder
Caliper Pressure Test Gauge
Recommended Checking pressure settings at the wheel. Invaluable
troubleshooting aid
9-888
Residual Pressure Valve
2 lb. Lamb for use with M-W, JFZ or Wilwood calipers
260-8419
B3359
9-1841B
74-875U
B3360
Whatever your application MW has the
correct master cylinder for the job. We
9-888
stock single outlet cylinders for 2 caliper
systems as well as the popular tandem, dual outlet
master cylinders for 4 wheel braking systems.
1 1/8” Dual Master Cylinder
74-750U 3/4” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit
Accepts side or flange mounting with remote or fixed reservoir and -3
outlet fitting.
74-875U
74-100U
9-1841A
9-1841B
260-8419
7/8” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit
1” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit
Lamb 9/16” Banjo Fitting
Lamb 1/2” Banjo Fitting
Brake proportioning valve, knob adj.
CALIPER & MASTER CYLINDER PARTS
6446
9400
75099
75002
81101
811EX
81102
81104
81103
81170
Bleed Screw, 1/4” Thread (ea)
Bleed Screw, 3/8” Thread (ea)
Dust Cap Socket (ea) (Front Brake)
Front Hub Dust Cap (ea) (Front Brake)
MW Caliper Half, Inboard
81102
81103
Rebuilt MW Caliper (Exchange)
MW Caliper Half, Outboard
81101
75099
MW Caliper Bridge Bushing (ea)
Piston, For MW Caliper (ea)
O-Ring Kit for One MW Caliper
83102
83101
1110
1120
2511
2083
2610
2921
2949
2048
2050
3556
0300
2815
2769
2808
2060
2187
0187X028 -3 Stainless Tubing (ft)
3/16” X .028” tube, for the long brake line runs
0300
-3 Stainless Hose (ft)
3/16” TFE brake line hose per foot
1100
-3 Straight Hose End
1110
-3 45 Degree Hose End
1120
-3 90 Degree Hose End
2048
-4 to -3 Straight Union
2050
-3 Straight Union
2060
-3 Union Tee
2083
1/8” Pipe Nipple
2187
-3 Tee Fitting
3/16” tee with 1/8” pipe on the side
2511
-3 Straight Adapter
3/16” hose end to 1/8” pipe (caliper fitting)
2513
-4 Straight Adapter
-4 JIC to 1/4” NPT
2610
-3 90 Degree Adapter
3/16” hose to 1/8” pipe 90 elbow
3750
3669
75002 81104 9402
83101
MW Caliper Half, Inboard
83102
MW Caliper Half, Outboard
1208811 Overhaul Kit-3/4” Airheart Cylinder
BRAKE LINES
1100
1208811
3554
FM10324-03 10100-03
10324-03
2769
-3 Bulkhead Straight
2808
-3 Bulkhead Tee
2815
-3 Bulkhead Tee
AND
FITTINGS
Correctly plumbing your brake system is very
important to brake performance. Quality components are the first step in doing it right. AN-3 is the
recommended size for a brake system and MW
stocks everything you will need. (Note flares must be 37 )
0187X028
o
SWEDGED BRAKE LINES
-1 end
-2 end
Bulkhead on the run.
-3 end
2921
-3 Bolt For Banjo
2949
-3 Banjo Brake Adapter
3554
-3 Tube Flair Nut, (6)
3556
-3 Bulkhead Nut, (2)
3642
-3 Banjo Gasket, (2)
FM10324-03 Invert. Flare Adapter
3669
-3 Tube Sleeve, (6)
0300-1-1 Straight X Straight
3750
Line Clamp-Hose 3/16 (6)
0300-1-2 Straight X 45°
3755
Line Clamp-Tubing 1/4 (6)
10324-03 Inverted Flare
AN -3 to 3/16” inverted flare. For OEM lines.
10100-03 Inverted Flare Adapter
0300-x-x Line
Order Line with (dash) end fitting for each
end.
0300-1-3 Straight X 90°
0300-2-2 45° X 45°
0300-2-3 45° X 90°
0300-3-3 90° X 90°
AN -3 to 10mm inverted flare. For OEM lines.
FBM2945 -3 to Fe. 10mm Concave
63
DRIVESHAFT ASSEMBLIES
2010
NHRA E.T.
Bracket Series
Many of the nation's leading drag racers rely on Mark Williams driveshafts and for good reason. MW
has been building race-winning driveshafts for more than 2 decades and offers a driveshaft for nearly
every application. From the 4130 chromoly shafts capable of handling Pro Mod/Nitro Coupe power to
the lightweight Duralcan® MMC aluminum shafts for Pro Stock, Comp, Super Stock or any application
where rotating weight is a concern. Because all work, from fabrication to balancing, is done in-house at
MW's plant you can be assured of unmatched quality and prompt delivery. Add to this the fact that
Mark Williams Enterprises is also NHRA's only major contingency sponsor for driveshaft assemblies
(Chromoly, Duralcan® MMC and Carbon Fiber) and it is easy to see that there is no reason to run
anything but the best driveshaft on the market. When placing an order for Mark Williams driveshaft
assemblies please refer to the diagram below for the required dimensions. The "E" dimension is the
preferred measurement but remember your 1350 series pinion yoke must be in place when measuring,
(our pinion yoke is not the same length as stock yokes). If ordering by the "C" dimension, the MW
transmission yoke must be used (trans yoke lengths may not be the same as a stock yoke) along with a
1350 series pinion yoke.
F
E
G
D
C
A
A
End of trans yoke to end of pinion yoke.
B
End of pinion yoke to U joint center.
C
U joint center to U joint center.
D
End of trans yoke to U joint center.
E
Trans seal to U joint center.
F
Trans seal to pinion seal.
G
Trans seal to end of output shaft.
B
CHROMOLY & MILD STEEL
When it comes to a bulletproof driveline the Mark Williams chromoly driveshaft is the strongest.
A Chromoly shaft is 75% stronger than commonly used 1020 DOM material. To ensure the
39850 Chromoly
quality of the material, the 3" X .083 4130 heat-treated tubing used is manufactured to MW's
Driveshaft
own stringent specifications. The perfect companion to MW's chromoly tubing is the MW
Steel Shafts
produced, 4130 forged weld yokes used in each assembly. These weld yokes are
For many applications
produced in-house to exacting tolerances to provide the proper press fit in the
shaft weight is not a facchromoly tube. Precise alignment or "phasing" of the weld yokes is critical to
tor. For most bracket cars
smooth operation. MW weld yokes and chromoly tubing are assembled using a
consistency is the goal so the
specially built alignment/assembly fixture, then carefully joined using an
performance advantage of
automated cold wire TIG process. MW's exclusive 1350 series precision
lighter materials is usually not
U-joints are then installed along with the forged 4340 heat-treated
important.
transmission yoke (yoke must be purchased separately). Each
assembly is High-Speed electronically spun balanced at a RPM that
represents operating speed, to G30 industry tolerances. The finished
product is a driveline capable of handling today's most powerful
vehicles. (Prices are less transmission yoke.) All 4130
Chromoly driveshafts meets SFI Spec 43.1.
39650
Mild Steel Driveshaft Assembly
3-1/2” O.D. x .065 DOM mild steel shaft, Spicer weld yokes and lube
for life 1350 series U-joints.
39640
Mild Steel Driveshaft Assembly
4” O.D. x .083 DOM mild steel shaft, Spicer weld yokes and lubed for
life 1350 series U-joints.
39800
3” Chromoly Driveshaft Assembly
3” O.D. x .083 4130 chromoly shaft. MW 4130 forged steel weld
yokes & Precision U-Joints. SFI 43.1.
64
39850
3-1/2” Chromoly Driveshaft
3-1/2” x .083” wall Precision U-Joints for Hi-Powered Nitrous cars. SFI
43.1
39860
4” Chromoly Driveshaft
Exclusive 4” x .062” wall 4130 Heat Treated, Precision U-Joints for
high Powered High RPM applications. SFI 43.1.
Caution: Steel with the smaller diameters has the lowest critical speed properties. For long shafts it is necessary to use a large diameter for high RPM
requirements. Check the speed chart page 68 before ordering
ALUMINUM ACCU-BOND™ DRIVESHAFTS
Mark Williams Accu-Bond™ MMC aluminum driveshafts are custom
MMC Shafts
built with the super tough Duralcan® MMC or 0.125” wall 6061
aluminum tubing and fitted with special MW forged 7075-T6 end yokes.
1) Best for lightweight, high powered cars.
The end yokes are mated to the tubing using our patented, (USPS
2) Light weight MMC material is 20%
7,485,045 B2) Accu-Bond™ bonding process. This allows the end
stronger that conventional aluminum shafts.
fittings to be produced from high grade 7075 aluminum, increasing the ear
3) Increased speed characteristics over
strength (the normal weak link of any aluminum driveshaft). In addition, the
steel and regular aluminum shafts
use of aluminum allows a 50% weight reduction compared to a steel shaft.
All shafts are high-speed balanced to G30 specifications in relation to the actual
operating speeds on MW's high speed balancer. Balance weights are attached with our
unique system of bolt-on balance weights. Accu-Bond™ shafts are available in both 3 1/2"
and 4" diameters. The 4" diameter should be used for longer shafts to avoid critical speed (the
rpm at which the shaft wants to "jump rope") issues. The combination of the larger diameter,
39935 MMC
high strength, and stiffness of the Duralcan® MMC material allow for a thinner wall thickness,
Aluminum
resulting in a very light assembly. The Duralcan® MMC shaft are ideal for applications where weight
Driveshaft
and critical speed are an issue. The 6061 Accu-Bond™ driveshaft is an economical alternative to the
MMC bonded shaft. This shaft has somewhat lower operating speeds and ultimate strength compared to the
MMC shaft and is slightly heavier, but is adequate for most high-powered applications. Prices are less
transmission yoke which is required for proper balancing. All Accu-Bond driveshafts MMC and 6061 are SFI
43.1 certified.
39935
Accu-Bond™ MMC Driveshaft
3-1/2” O.D. x .110 Duralcan® aluminum, MW 7075-T6 end yokes and
exclusive cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. meets SFI 43.1
39985
Accu-Bond™ 6061 Driveshaft
3-1/2” O.D. x .125 6061-T6 aluminum tube, MW 7075-T6 end yokes and
exclusive cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints meets SFI 43.1.
39500
Accu-Bond™ MMC Driveshaft
4” O.D. x .100 Duralcan® aluminum tube, MW 7075-T6 end yokes and
exclusive cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints.meets SFI 43.1.
39990
Accu-Bond™ 6061 Driveshaft
4” O.D. x .125 6061-T6 aluminum tube, MW 7075-T6 end yokes and
exclusive cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints meets SFI 43.1.
CARBON FIBER DRIVESHAFTS
In keeping with the advances in driveline technology, Mark Williams Enterprises is now offering a new
carbon fiber driveshaft assembly. The special Mark Williams aluminum end yokes are manufactured to
extremely tight tolerances for a precise fit into to the carbon fiber tube. The end yokes are then
installed in the carbon fiber tube using a proprietary, patented bonding system. A custom built
assembly fixture ensures perfect alignment or "phasing" of the end yokes during this process.
MW's precision 1350 series U-joints, are installed along with the transmission yoke
(transmission yokes sold separately, see page 69 and 70) and the assembly is
Carbon Fiber Shafts
electronically balanced using the race proven bolt-on weight system. The stiffness
of the carbon fiber material allows for higher critical speeds thus making it ideal for
1) Higher critical speed rating
longer applications such as Pro Stock Trucks etc. Price is less transmission yoke.
over
MMC shafts
MW carbon fiber driveshafts are SFI 43.1 certified when using a MW Yoke.
39100 Carbon
Fiber Driveshaft
2) Can be used for extremely long
shafts at high RPM.
3) Best power to shaft weight rating.
39100
Carbon Fiber Driveshaft
3.75” O.D. Carbon Fiber shaft, MW 7075-T6 aluminum end yokes and
cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. meets SFI 43.1.
TO
MARK WILLIAMS CONTINGENCY
MW CHROMOLY, DURALCAN® MMC
ALUMINUM, AND CARBON FIBER DRIVESHAFTS, THE
BE ELIGIBLE FOR
AWARDS ON
WINNER MUST SUBMIT PROOF OF PURCHASE AND THE
SERIAL NUMBER ON THE SHAFT, WHICH MUST BE USED
WITH A
MW
TRANSMISSION SLIP YOKE.
Our torsion testing ability is
DRIVESHAFT TESTING
unparalleled in the industry.
We are involved in special
design and manufacturing
processes for all types of
driveline applications. Our in
house torsion testing machine
allows testing of all types of
maximum torsion and cycle
load tests.
Each AccuBonded™ shaft is load and
cycle tested to assure
performance quality before
shipping. A certificate of test
accompanies each shaft. As a
support service we will
perform proof testing for any MW produced driveshaft free of charge.
Hi
Hi Speed
Speed
Speed Balanci
Balancing.................
Balancing.................
See
SeePage
Page
Page67
67
67
H
g
See
65
1480 CHROM-MOLY DRIVESHAFTS
To address the growing demands of Pro Mod, Outlaw and other 2,000-plus horsepower applications, MW
has taken the already strong 3.5” Crom-Moly tubing and paired it with an oversized 1480 series UJoint. The end result is a driveshaft that is up to 40% stronger than a 1350 series Driveshaft. To
ensure the quality of the material, the 3.5" X .083 4130 heat-treated tubing used is manufactured to MW's own stringent specifications. Chromoly tubin in assembled using a specially built alignment/assembly fixture, then carefully joined using an automated cold wire
TIG process.This driveshaft with our MW billet transmission yoke and pinion yoke
for the ultimate in precision and strength. Pinion Yokes Are available for 9”
Ford 35 spline pinion and MW 11”40 spline pinion. Matching Billet U39880
bolt kits are highly required for MW p[inion yokes. Two transmission
3-1/2” 1480
yokes are for 1480 u-joints, the short 16 spline Lenco/G-Force and
driveshaft shown with
the longer 32 spline Lenco and Liberty roller-bearing yokes. (Price
39070 trans yoke
is less transmission yoke.) The 39880 meets the SFI Spec 43.1
when used with our transmission yoke.
39880
3-1/2 1480 Crom Moly Driveshaft
With universal joints and balancing, t(rans yoke seperate)
ALUMINUM GOLD-FUSION DRIVESHAFTS
39940
3-1/2” Gold-Fusion
Driveshaft
The Gold-Fusion™ series driveshafts are
produced from the conventional 6061-T6
aluminum. The weld yokes are forged and heat
treated. The welding is performed on a
specialized automatic MIG welding machine.
The shaft features the cold forged lubed for life
1350 series universal joints. The shaft receives the gold
chromate finish and is balanced to G30 specifications, factored
for the operating RPM. Balance weights are attached using the bolt
on system to eliminate welding in the shaft tube. Shafts are available in 31/2" and 4" outside diameter. Prices do not include the transmission yoke, which is
required for proper balancing.
39940
3-1/2 Gold-Fusion™ Aluminum Shaft
With universals and balancing, trans yoke not included
39945
4” Gold-Fusion™ Aluminum Shaft
With universals and balancing, trans yoke not included
BILLET STEEL 1350 U-BOLT KIT
The new 2nd Gen™ alloy steel U-bolt kit is a result of information
gained on our driveshaft Torsion testing machine. We found that the
standard 3/8" 1350 U-bolt was prone to cycle failure when cycle testing
at high torque levels. The one-piece U-bolt was letting the joint rock out
of the differential companion flange. By surrounding the outside joint
cups with this cap up to 500 additional foot-pounds of torque was possible. These 2nd Gen™ U-bolt kits feature a bubble stud that locates on
the rear flange bolt hole indexing the location. The straps are produced
from billet high strength steel. The studs are 150K material with rolled
threads.
Sold as sets with accompanying 12 point reduced double hex nuts. Fits
all current Mark Williams forged billet rear pinion yokes only.
39111
2nd Gen™ NASCAR -Bolt Kit
Fits MW NASCAR 39063 pinion yokes, with nuts
39112
2nd Gen™1350 series U-Bolt Kit
Fits all current MW 1350 series pinion yokes with nuts
39075
Cap Kit for MW 1480 Series Yokes
Billet steel cap kit for MW 1480 series pinion yokes.
66
39112
DRIVESHAFT COMPONENTS
Replacement parts for MW driveshafts such as 1350 series U joints, U bolts, even steel weld yokes are all kept in stock and available
from Mark Williams Enterprises.
39017 MW Forged 1350 Series Weld Yoke
MW 4130 forged steel, heat treated for 3” x .083 tubing.
39001
Spicer 1350 Series Weld Yoke
For 3” x 0.83” wall tube
39029
Precision 1350 Series U-joint
Exclusive to MW, true solid non-grease-able U-joint. This is the joint
used is all MW 1350 driveshafts.
39009
39001
Standard 1350 Series U-joint
39017
39029
39010
Economical hard turned joint (no grease fitting).
39010
1350 Series Spicer U-Bolt Kit (pr)
With special 12 point nuts for wrench clearance
COMPUTER PICKUP ASSEMBLY
The MW computer pickup assembly provides driveshaft
rpm data from the pin57641
ion. Compatible with
most on board computer systems. CNC
57643
machined and black
anodized these collars
57644
will accept 1 to 4 magnets.
Magnets slip in from center, a plastic plug holds the magnet outward
(included with magnet). The 57642 collar has 1.875" I.D. while the
57645 collar has a 2.187" I.D. 57656 has a 2.375 I.D. Most MW yokes
and couplers are designed to use one of these collars.
57642
57645
57640
57641
Assembly Std Pinion (collar & bracket)
Bracket for 9” Ford Thirdmember
57642
57643
57644
Magnet Ring (std pinion) 1.875” I.D.
Magnet (1/4” dia. x 1/4” long)
Proximity Sensor Assembly
57645
57646
57656
90241
Magnet Ring (lrg pinion) 2.187” I.D.
Assembly Lrg. Pinion (collar & bracket)
Magnet Ring, MW 11” 40 Spline (2.375” I.D.)
Bracket for 12 Bolt Modular Rear
HIGH RESOLUTION HALL EFFECT SENSOR
The new Mark Williams hall effect driveline sensor features a lightweight, nickel plated trigger
ring and a solid state pickup. 12 pulses per revolition deliver accuracy 3 times higher than a 4
magnet system, and the system is less prone to errors due to vibration. The kit includes everything needed to install the system on a 9” Ford, including the bracket and updated seal.
57688
Switch
57685 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring
Fits 28 spline 9” Ford pinion, includes seal
57686 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring
Fits 32 spline low drag 9” Ford pinion (MW), includes seal
57687 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring
Fits 35 spline 9” Ford large pinion, includes seal
57688 Hall Effect Sensor Swith
Fits 9” includes bracket
*Older RacePak units may not be compatible without an update from RacePak.
57685
Ring
H
H
H
H
H
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Sp
p
Spe
p
Speed
ddddBBBal
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
l iiiigggg
Mark Williams Enterprises has raised the bar where custom driveshaft quality and operational efficiency are concerned. The improvement is accomplished through the use of a highly sophisticated machine capable of 10,000 RPM. This enables Mark Williams
Enterprises technicians to accurately balance shafts that simulate operating conditions. The device features a built-in "dyno" that
can place loads on the shaft. In addition the balancer can be set to universal joint operating angles
that commonly occur between the transmission output shaft and the companion flange of the differential. The new process allows Mark Williams to balance driveshafts and check the universal
joint preload more accurately than is possible through conventional processes thus simulating
actual running conditions. A large number of NASCAR teams use property produced driveshafts balanced on this machine Remember... smooth power transfer is efficient power transfer.
This equipment is used on driveshafts manufactured by Mark Williams Enterprises including
mild steel street versions, chromoly, aluminum (MMC) and carbon fiber driveshafts. Mark Williams
can balance any existing 1350 series universal shaft, regardless of manufacturer, for a nominal fee.
High Speed Driveshaft Balance
67
DRIVESHAFT TIPS
There are a couple important factors that will ensure the best possible performance from your driveshaft assembly. One is U-joint operating angles and the other is shaft critical speed. Both are explained below. Use these tips to avoid common driveline mistakes.
OPERATING ANGLES
The driveline arrangement in most racing applications is known as a parallel,
zero degree phasing driveshaft. In
order to obtain the minimum power
loss from the operation of the universal
joints, two things must be addressed
with regard to operating angles. First
is making sure shaft centerlines are
parallel. Second is the actual operating
angle of the U-joints. The centerline of
the engine/transmission (ØA) should
be kept as parallel as possible to the pinion centerline (ØB). This ensures both U-joints are operating at the same angle. Keeping these
centerlines parallel throughout the suspension travel would be ideal but is very hard to do. The type of rear suspension will have an effect
on maintaining a parallel condition. A 4-link suspension system is the best when it comes to the pinion maintaining its angle through its
travel up and down. Ladder bar and torque arm systems create unique operating angles as the suspension moves since they move from
a single point. In any case, the pinion angle should be set to match the engine/trans angle with the car at its ride height by placing a digital level on a machined surface of the engine then on the pinion yoke. Adjust bars or shim accordingly. U-joint operating angles should
be kept at a minimum. In general operating angles should be 2° or less for racing applications and should be within 1/2° of each other.
Greater operating angles create a power loss and can cause vibration at high RPMs. Again a 4-link is the best at keeping the U-joints
operating at the same angles. Increasing the operating angle will also affect the critical speed characteristics of a driveshaft. There is a
general misunderstanding about "dropping the pinion down" several degrees. This is a practice that should be applied only to leaf spring
cars without any traction control devices where springs can “wrap” and change pinion angle. This practice would not apply to 4-link, ladder bar or torque arm equipped cars. Failure to maintain matched and minimum operating angles increase erratic non-uniform output
velocity from the driveshaft to the differential.
CRITICAL SPEED
MW Part
Number
39200
3.5” 6061 Alum.
39300
4” 6061 Alum.
39935
3.5” Bonded MMC
39500
4” Bonded MMC
39600
3” Mild Steel
39650
3.5” Mild Steel
39640
4” Mild Steel
39800
3” 4130 Steel
39850
3.5” 4130 Steel
39100
Carbon Fiber
44”
46”
48”
50”
52”
54”
56”
58”
60”
10,609
9,632
8,784
8,044
7,393
6,818
6,308
5,852
5,445
12,124 11,010 10,043
9,198
8,455
7,799
7,216
6,696
6,230
12,147 11,019 10,041
9,188
8,439
7,778
7,192
6,669
6,202
13,007 11,790 10,737
9,819
9,013
8,303
7,674
7,113
6,612
9,114
8,264
7,527
6,885
6,322
5,825
5,384
4,991
4,640
10,521
9,549
8,705
7,968
7,322
6,750
6,243
5,792
5,387
11,820 10,735
9,793
8,970
8,246
7,607
7,039
6,532
6,078
9,017
8,185
7,463
6,832
6,279
5,789
5,355
4,968
4,622
10,408
9,454
8,626
7,901
7,265
6,702
6,202
5,756
5,357
13,705 12,438 11,339 10,380
9,537
8,793
8,133
7,544
7,017
Critical Speeds of MW Driveshafts (rpm)
Lengths are center to center.
68
Any rotating shaft will become dynamically unstable at certain speeds and create vibrations at an amplitude that will
cause destruction. The shaft will go into
a whirl or “jump rope” effect causing an
imbalance that will vibrate violently and
ultimately fail. In order to avoid these
conditions all drivelines must operate
within their critical speed limitations.
The factors that determine the critical
speed are the stiffness of the material, the
diameter of the tubular member and the
shaft length. Typically a larger diameter
shaft has a higher critical speed than a
smaller diameter shaft. The length of a
shaft also has a great effect on its speed
properties. The chart to the left shows
general limits based on a 75% rating.
Keeping shafts within these limits will
assure smooth operation. Shafts operating higher than the speeds listed can
expect vibration at some point.
TRANSMISSION YOKES
MW heavy-duty transmission yokes have been designed to incorporate Spicer 1350 series Ujoints and are forged from heat treated 4340 steel. All yokes are 100% machined in house
on MW's state-of-the-art CNC machines. Special fixtures are used to guarantee that all
machining is done in relationship to the spline pitch
diameter. This assures concentricity and produces a yoke
that is symmetrical and balanced for smooth operation.
The yokes are then re-heat treated to over 200k PSI and Ujoint cup bores are honed to exact limits and the
bushing/seal surface is ground with special fixtures assuring
concentricity with the spline pitch diameter.
39002
Like all MW product's they are laser engraved with part numbers and batch numbers
that allow complete trace-ability. A new end of spline sealing feature features a o-ring seal
with a tapered retaining ring that forces a aluminum plug against the seal. This improved
method has proven to eliminate fluid seepage.
39002
MW Chrysler Transmission Yoke
39020
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Mopar, Doug Nash and Liberty
trans. “D” = 6-1/8”
1.680” Dia.
39004
MW Turbo 400 Transmission Yoke
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Turbo 400 and Super T-10 trans.
“D” = 5-3/4”
1.886” Dia
39005
MW Powerglide Transmission Yoke
27 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Powerglide and Turbo 350 trans.
“D” = 5-13/16”
1.5035” Dia
39013
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke
39015
39021
16 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
1.6845” Dia
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
39022
MW Ford C-4 Transmission Yoke
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. C-4 trans. “D” = 5-13/16”
1.4990” Dia
39031 MW 904 Torqueflight
26 Spline, for 1350 Series U joint, 904 Torqueflight, “D=6-1/8””
1.559” Dia
MW G-Force Transmission Slip Yoke
16 spline, for 1350 series U joint. G-Force trans. “D” = 3 1/2”
39060
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke
MW C-6 Ford Transmission Yoke
31 spline, for 1350 U joint. C-6 & Toploader trans. “D” = 6-1/8”
39040
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
NEW! O-Ring Plug Seal
MW G-Force Transmission Slip Yoke
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. G-Force trans. “D” = 3 1/2”
ROLLER BEARING TAILHOUSING YOKES
These MW yokes have the additional heat-treating and special
outside diameter. to be compatible with the needle bearing tail
housings used by many of the transmissions manufacturers.
These are compatible for use with Jerico, Dedenbear, Liberty
and several NASCAR transmission manufacturers.
39032
Please note that
there is a
difference in
diameters between
a needle bearing
tail housing, and a bushed
tail housing, for same brand
transmissions.
39035
39034
Hardened Powerglide Slip Yoke
27 spline. Powerglide with needle bearing tailhousing. “D”= 5-13/16”
39057
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke
32 Spline, Jerico roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-1/8”
39067
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke
32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-7/16” Major
Diameter spline fit one spline omited for Jerico needle bearing tailhousing.
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke
NEW! 32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-7/16” Two
splines omited , side fit splines 1.888” Barell Diameter
39069
Quick release yoke for Liberty,
Jerico and other transmission
utilizing a 32 spline out put with
roller bearing tail housing with a
1.888” diameter bearing. This yoke
utilizes the 2nd Gen™ U-Bolt that is
included with the yoke.
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke
32 spline. Jerico and G Force trans. 1.885” diameter “D” = 5-3/4”
39068
39068
Hardened Moar-LIberty Slip Yoke
30 spline. Liberty trans. 1.750” diameter “D” = 6-1/8”
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke
NEW! 32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. Teflon EN coated to
reduces sliding friction of splines“D” = 6-7/16” Major Diameter spline
fit Two splines omited for needle bearing tail-housing.
39157
Quick Release 32 Spline Roller Bearing
NEW! 32 spline. with 1.888“ D” = 6-7/16”
39157
69
“RAPID RELEASE” YOKES
The MW Rapid Release yokes can be a real time saver during those
quick transmission changes. They allow the driveshaft to be disconnected at the transmission rather than at the pinion, plus the cap
design prevents over tightening and possible damage to the U joint
cups. These yokes accept the 1350 series Spicer U joint and are the
lightest and most compact units of this type on the market. Each yoke
comes with steel caps and fasteners. Care must be exercised not to
mix U-joint caps and maintain indexing after shaft is balanced. MW
built driveshafts with these yokes have identifying index marks.
39102
Mopar Rapid Release Yoke
39115
30 spline. Mopar, Doug Nash and Liberty trans. “D”=6-1/8”
39104
Turbo 400 Rapid Release Yoke
39120
Lenco Rapid Release Yoke
Ford Rapid Release Yoke
31 spline. C-6 and Toploader trans. “D”=6-1/8”
39135
Powerglide Rapid Release Yoke
27 spline. Powerglide and Turbo 350 trans. “D”=5-13/16”
39113
39110
16 spline. Lenco trans. “D”=4”
32 spline. Turbo 400 and Super T-10 trans. “D”=5-3/4”
39105
39105
39113
Dedenbear PG Rapid Release Yoke
27 spline. Powerglide trans. with Dedenbear tailhousing “D”=5-13/16”
Lenco Rapid Release Yoke
32 spline. Lenco trans. “D”=4”
39110
Replacement Steel Caps, (pr)
39008
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke, 28 spline
PINION YOKES
MW steel pinion yokes are CNC
machined from heat treated 4340
steel forgings and they accept the
Spicer 1350 series U-joint. Special
tooling ensures that every yoke is
machined concentric to the pinion
spline for smooth operation. Yokes have
provision for computer pick up rings available separately, (page 67). Every MW pinion
yoke (except for our special NASCAR yokes)
can use conventional 3/8" diameter U-bolts, or
the new 2nd Gen™ alloy steel kit to retain the Ujoint. (see page 66)
39003
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”. Note: 57604 shim
required if yoke is used with stock support.
39011
MW 8.5” GM 10 Bolt Pinion Yoke
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-3/16”
39011
39014
39016
MW 8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Yoke
10 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-1/2”
39018
MW ‘57-‘64 Olds/Pontiac Pinion Yoke
13 spline, for 1350 series joint. “B” = 3.160”
39023
MW 8.8” Ford Pinion Yoke
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-9/32”
MW GM 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (long)
39037
39038
MW GM 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (short)
39025
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 2-7/8” Recommended yoke
MW Dana 60 Pinion Yoke
29 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-1/32”
39006
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke, 35 spline
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”
MW 11” Rear
40 Spline, for 1350 Series U-Joint “B”=3.830”
MW 9” Pinion Yoke 1330 series Joint
28 spline for MW support, for 1330 Ford joint 3-5/8 X 1-1/8” “B”=3-1/2”
BILLET ALUMINUM YOKES
39906
39911
39908
All MW aluminum yokes are
CNC machined from 7075T6 billet material and hard
coat anodized for maximum
durability.
9” Ford pinion yokes include
special splined hardened
pinion nut washer.
39906
MW Aluminum 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B”= 3 7/8”
39908
MW Aluminum 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Includes special splined hardened
washer. “B”= 3-7/8”
39911
MW Aluminum 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Includes special splined hardened
washer. “B”= 3-7/8”
39936
Low Friction 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Includes special splined hardened
washer “B”= 3-7/8” This is the aluminum yoke used with the 57022
series Thirdmenbers and the MWE-XXX 9-1/2” Gear sets.
70
BILLET TITANIUM YOKES
MW produces titanium pinion yokes for 9" Ford in 28 spline for standard pinion gears and
35 spline Pro-Gears. The strength of the titanium yoke is between the 4340 heat treated
yoke and aluminum billet yoke. For cars that have high power requirements but are
weight conscious, this is the part for you. The titanium yoke will accept the 2nd Gen™
Alloy Steel U-bolt replacement kit or standard 39010 kit.
49008 9” Ford Titanium Pinion Yoke
28-spline, standard pinion, 1350 joint, B=3-7/8”
49011
49011
9” Ford Titanium Pinion Yoke
49008
35-spline, large pinion gears, 1350 joint, B=3-7/8”
1480 SERIES TRANS YOKES
Mark Williams Ultra Heavy Duty 1480 series transmission yokes are 100% machined
from heat treated billet 4140 chromoly. Similar to our 1350 series yokes, they feature
an oversized 1480 U-joint that is 40% stronger than standard 1350 U-joints. These
yokes are designed for high power applications where strength is more important than
the assembly’s weight.
39070
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke
16-spline, Lenco and G-Force, 1480 joint, D=4-/2”
39074
39071
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke
32-spline, Lenco , 1480 joint, D=4-1/2”
39074
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke
32-spline, Liberty, 1480 joint, D=6-/2”
1480 SERIES PINION YOKES
MW Ultra Heavy Duty pinion yokes are precision machined from billet
4140 steel. They feature a 1480 series U-joint that is 40% stronger than
the standard 1350 U-Joints. Special fixturing ensures that every yoke runs
concentric to the splines. For extra strength, a billet steel cap is required
rather than replace standard straps.
39072
MW 1480 Series 9” Ford Pinion Yoke
35 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B=3-/8”
39073
39073 w/
39075
Billet Caps.
MW 1480 Series 11” Pinion Yoke
40 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B= 3-/8”
39075
Cap Kit for 1480 Series Yokes
Billet steel cap kit for 1480 series pinion yokes.
39024-1 9” NASCAR Pinion Yoke Long
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8”, Long Yoke with Threads.
39924-1 9” Aluminum Yoke No Pulley Long
9” Ford 7075-T6 billet, 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8” with Threads.
39064
9” NASCAR Yoke, No Pulley Long
NASCAR YOKE & PULLEY
MW NASCAR yokes are machined from 4340 forgings and designed to
use Spicer 1350 U-joint and straps. V-belt pulleys are optional. These
yokes are designed for Daytona type pinion supports or MW’s 57690
nodular iron ball bearing support (yokes must be modified if used with any
other MW support). Two new yokes accept a U-Bolt kit with studs for
added security.
NEW! 9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8” For 39111 billet caps.
39053-1 9” NASCAR Yoke No Pulley Short
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-9/16” Nickel Plated.
39063
9” NASCAR Yoke, No Pulley Short
NEW! 9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-9/16” Nickel Plated. For billet caps.
39027
Bolt-Strap Retaining Kit
OE Spicer straps with Bolts (pr).
39111
Billet U-Bolt Kit for NASCAR
NEW! Billet caps with studs and 12 point nuts (pr).
39053-2Pulley for NASCAR Yoke
Fits the above 9” pinion yokes can be installed in ordered with
pinion yoke and requested.
39064 shown with
39111 billet caps
39024 w/ 39027 strap kit and
optional pulley
71
DRIVELINE COUPLERS
Mark Williams makes a complete line of driveline couplers for dragster,
funny car, drag boat, pulling tractor, and other applications with solid
mount rear ends that require direct connection or solid splined shafts.
All couplers are made of 4140 alloy steel and hardened by MW’s
Austempering heat treat process. Gear cutting operations are
performed on special fixtures that locate on the spline pitch
diameters to assure minimum total indicated run out. Coupler
seal and/or bushing diameters are CNC ground to a smooth
finish to assure proper fit and sealing of lubricants. All
couplers receive a protective black oxide finish for extra
durability.
Double splined solid driveshafts and the original MW quick 40600
disconnect Powerglide couplers are also available for applications
where the distance from the transmission to the rear end is too long for a
40620
40000
40800
40830
40650
40950
TRANS COUPLERS, CONNECTORS & LOCK RINGS
40340
MW Ford C-4 Transmission Coupler
28 spline, male, Ford C-4 trans. 5-3/4” long
40350
MW Ford C-6 Transmission Coupler
31 spline, male, Ford C-6 trans. 5-3/4” long
40550
MW Mopar Transmission Coupler
30 spline, male, Jerico or Liberty trans. 5-3/4” long
40600
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
16 spline, male, Lenco trans. 2-7/8” long
40660
40700
40711
40780
40602
Coupler Lock Ring (steel)
40805
40603
Coupler Lock Ring (aluminum)
40810
40605
Coupler Lock Ring (steel)
40820
40610
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
40900
Fits 1 1/2” 35 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
16 spline, male, Lenco trans. 3-7/8” long
40620
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
16 spline, female, Lenco trans or 16 spline driveshaft.
40640
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
32 spline, female, Lenco trans or 32 spline driveshaft.
40650
Male Coupler Ring Gear
20 tooth gear with 1.650 bore (for making special couplers).
PINION COUPLERS
40000
MW 9” Ford Pinion Coupler
35 spline, female, 9” Ford large pinion.
40040
MW 9” Ford Pinion Coupler
40 spline, female, 9” Ford TF pinion.
40045
MW 11” Modular Pinion Coupler
40 spline, female, 11” Modular pinion.
40050
Blank Female Pinion Coupler
No internal splines, No heat treat
40060
MW 9” Ford Pinion Coupler
32 Spline, female, Low Friction Thirdmember
40100
MW 9” Ford Pinion Coupler
35 spline, male, 9” Ford large pinion.
40200
MW ‘49-‘50 Olds-Pontiac Pinion Coupler
10 spline, female.
40250
MW ‘57-‘64 Olds-Pontiac Pinion Coupler
13 spline, female.
72
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
32 spline, male, Lenco trans. 3-7/8” long
40800
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
MW Turbo 400 and B&J Trans Coupler
32 spline, male, Turbo 400 or B&J trans. 6-3/4” long
Coupler Lock Ring (aluminum)
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
MW Turbo 400 and B&J Trans Coupler
32 spline, male, Turbo 400 or B&J trans. 3-7/8” long
40601
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 1 pc.
MW Lenco Transmission Coupler
35 spline, male, Lenco trans. 6” long
MW Powerglide Transmission Coupler
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 3-7/8” long
MW Powerglide Transmission Coupler
27 spline, male for Dedenbear Tail Housing. 3-7/8” long
MW Powerglide, Transmission Coupler
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 6 3/4” long
MW Powerglide, Transmission Coupler
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 8” long
Driveshaft Connector
16 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
40950
Driveshaft Connector
32 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
40951
Driveshaft Connector
32 spline, B & J transmission and solid driveshafts.
40960
Driveshaft Connector
35 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
40300
MW 9” Ford Pinion Coupler
28 spline, female, 9” Ford standard pinion.
40400
MW Dana 60 Pinion Coupler
29 spline, female.
40500
MW 8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Coupler
10 spline, female.
40630
MW Quick Change Pinion Coupler
10 spline, female.
40750
MW 12-Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Coupler
30 spline, female.
49300
MW 9” Ford Aluminum Pinion Coupler
NEW! Made from 7075 Aluminum. Similar to 40300. 28 Spline, female. 9” Ford
standard pinion. Note: Limited service life.
49750
MW 12 Bolt Aluminum Pinion Coupler
NEW! Made from 7075 Aluminum. 30 Spline female. Note: Limited Service Life.
SOLID DRIVESHAFTS
MW solid driveshafts are designed to be used in vehicles with solid mounted rear ends where a single coupler is not long
enough. These shafts are available in lengths from 6” to 28” long. All shafts are machined out of 4340 alloy steel. The
splines are hobbed, micro polished, and then heat treated with MW’s austemper process for strength and ductility. The
splines on 1 3/8”-16 spline shafts are O.D. ground after
40640
40000
40800
40780
heat treat to assure a perfect fit. Finally all shafts
receive a black oxide finish. Shafts are available with
SAE 1 3/8”-16, 1-3/8”-32 spline and 1 1/2”-35
splines. Both ends have 4 full inches of spline and
can be shortened up to 2” on each end. Couplers and
40601
40601
splined shafts should not be used unless perfect alignment is
assured. MW can also build custom solid driveshafts
Typical Powerglide to 9” Ford set-up with 32 spline shaft
to your specs up to 34” in length.
16 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
41000-06 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 6” Long
41000-16 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 16” Long
41000-08 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 8” Long
41000-20 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 20” Long
41000-12 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 12” Long
41100-24 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 24” Long
41000-14 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 14” Long
41100-28 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 28” Long
41050-06 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 6” Long
41050-08 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 8” Long
41050-12 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 12” Long
41050-16
41050-20
41150-24
41150-28
32 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
F/C
F/C
F/C
F/C
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
32
32
32
32
Spline
Spline
Spline
Spline
16” Long
20” Long
24” Long
28” Long
35 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
41060-06 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 6” Long
41060-24 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 24” Long
41100-SPEC
Custom solid driveshaft
41160-28 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 28” Long
41160-32 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 32” Long
CUSTOM DRIVESHAFTS
Supply length and spline requirements. 34” max. overall length.
QUICK DISCONNECT POWERGLIDE COUPLER
This innovative MW original design allows transmission removal
without disturbing the engine or rear end. Perfect for Comp and
Super Comp dragsters. Shorty Powerglide only.
40830 MW Quick Disconnect Coupler
4”- 8”
Requires 4” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
40840
MW Quick Disconnect Coupler (Long)
40860
MW Q/D Coupler (Extra Long)
Slide coupler forward
Requires 4” - 6” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
Requires 6”-8” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
40850
For Roller Bearing Tail Housings
MW Q/D Coupler for Dedenbear (Short)
Requires 4” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40855 MW Q/D Coupler for Dedenbear (Long)
Requires 4”-6” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40865 MW Q/D Coupler for Dedenbear (Extra Long)
Requires 6”-8” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
Parts for Quick Disconnect Couplers
40831
40832
Transmission Sleeve (short), bushed housing
Male Gear Half Std 3” Long
40835
Transmission Sleeve (long), bushed housing
With coupler installed and lock
ring in place, a gap (approx
1/8”) need to be between lock
ring and coupler to avoid binding as the chassis works.
When removing the transmission, remove the lock ring and
slide coupler forward to the
back of the transmission. This
allows the transmission to be
moved back and off the dowel
pins of the engine.
Pull trans back & up
40836
Steel Lock Ring
40837
Transmission Sleeve (Dedenbear)
40838
Transmission Sleeve (Dedenbear, Long)
40839
Long Male Gear Half
For roller bearing housing
For roller bearing housing
73
QUICK RELEASE STEERING HUBS
MW quick release hubs not only make it easier for drivers to
get in and out of their cars under normal conditions, but
they’re invaluable in emergency situations. Our hubs
feature a close tolerance between the splines in the hub
and the splined mounting sleeve. This eliminates annoying
“slop” common with hex style hubs and contributes to
unsurpassed driver feel. All hubs incorporate a positive
ball/detent lock, while the sliding collar’s shape facilitates easy
“two finger” operation. The chromoly 1” x 48-splined sleeve
(with one tooth omitted for indexing purposes) can easily be welded
or bolted to any 3/4” O.D. steering shaft. Hubs are CNC machined
from billet 7075 aluminum and black hard coat anodized for
durability. Note: Splined sleeve & wheel mounting hardware
10025
10080
10070
SFI Spec 42.1
10020
10060
10029
10020
Q/R Hub Dragster & F/C
10060
Q/R Steering Hub
3 hole Don Long style, 10-32 thd., 3 holes on 1.375 B.C.
Q/R Hub
10070
Q/R Hub
Oval track, 3 hole x 1/4” threads on 1.75 B.C.
5-Hole Grant GT Pattern, 3/16” hole, 5 x 2.86 B.C.
10029
10050
10080
Splined Sleeve, Bolt on
Q/R Hub
Q/R Hub,Universal
Blank 2.45” diameter flange.
6-Hole Sparco/Momo Pattern. 3/16” holes, 2.755” (70mm) B.C
DRAGSTER STEERING WHEELS
30112
1/4” Cross Bolt and Nut
Aircraft smooth shank bolt with washers and Jet nut.
MW Dragster/FC steering wheels are fully CNC machined from 3/16” aluminum. Main wheel is fully polished
inside and out with your choice of anodized or polished grips. MW wheels are approximately 7 5/8” wide and 7
1/8” deep and drilled to match steering hub #10020 or D5 mount.
10035
30112
included w/ each hub kit.
For MW wheels, 4 holes, 3/16” holes, .75 x 1.65
10025
10050 (Less
center Button)
10035 & 10048
* Mounting holes
must be drilled
in steering wheels
Dragster/FC Type Steering Wheel
With polished, red, blue, black or gold anodized aluminum grips installed.
10045 Switch Panel
10047 Switch Panel
Polished Aluminum (no holes)
Black Aluminum (no holes)
10046 Switch Panel
10048 Switch Panel
Brushed Aluminum, w/ Button Holes
Black Aluminum, with Button Holes
STEERING WHEELS
712
13 3/4” Grant “D” Shape Steering Wheel
Black grip, black spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
713-4
10” Grant “D” Shape Steering Wheel
Black suede grip, silver spokes. Uses 10060 quick release hub.
Dragster/Altered applications. Not legal for door cars.
763-1
13” Grant Steering Wheel
Black grip, silver spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
764-1
13” Grant Steering Wheel
Black grip, yellow stripe, silver spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
773
13” Grant Steering Wheel
Black Grip, black spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
STEERING WHEEL
AND
763-1
713-4
764-1
773
712
BRAKE GRIPS
MW steering wheel and brake handle grips are all CNC machined and
fully polished and anodized. Brake handle grips fit either MW brake
levers or one you fabricate on your own. Available in red, blue, black
or gold anodized finish as well as polished aluminum. The MW logo
is laser engraved on the inner grip. Includes attachment rivets.
10033
Steering Wheel Grips (set of 4)
10037
Brake Handle Grips (set of 2)
Specify color or polished.
Specify color or polished.
74
STEERING BOXES
MW stocks a billet Funny Car type steering box for front-engine applications and rack and pinion steering boxes for rear engine
dragsters. Racks are available in 10” or 15” widths and in either steel or aluminum. (add “A” to part number for aluminum rack).
30100
Rack and Pinion
15” rack with 6” of travel steel rack 2.74 llbs
30400
30100A Aluminum Rack and Pinion
30200
15” 7075 aluminum rack with 6” of travel 1.71 lbs
30200
Standard Steering, 10:1 Ratio
Standard unit for F/C and Altered race cars 5.36 lbs
30300
Standard Steering, 10:1 Ratio
With short stub Pitman shaft
30400
Rack and Pinion
30300
10” rack with 6” of travel 1.87 lbs
30100
30400A Aluminum Rack and Pinion
10” 7075 aluminum rack with 6” of travel 1.34 lbs
MW FRONT SPINDLES
MW front spindles are manufactured from 4130 steel forgings and accept the popular Anglia style spindle
mount wheels. All spindles are drilled top and bottom for a steering arm or a tow hook attachment and are
black oxided. Steering arms are profile milled from 1/4” 4130 steel or 1/4” 7075 aluminum. All
assemblies include brass thrust washers, spindle castle nuts, washers, and cotter pins.
31200
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr)
31210
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr)
31230
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr)
31218
Spindle cap (one)
For applications requiring 2 steering arms. Standard with 5” arms
For applications requiring 3 steering arms. Specify 4”, 5” or 6” arms.
31200 spindle assembly
with 31218 cap
With king pins. No steering arms.
Secures King Pin bushing, for spindle without arms.
33001
34001
TUBULAR FRONT AXLES
Mark Williams tubular front axles are built from 4130N
chromoly tubing. King pin bosses are tig welded using a
special precision fixture to maintain correct king pin angle
then king pin bores are reamed after final welding.
33005
Dragster Axle
6” drop, 36” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
34004
33001
6” drop, 39” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
33002
Funny Car/Altered Axle
34002
Funny Car/Altered Axle
3” drop, 40” centers, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
Dragster Axle
5” drop, 39” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
33003
34001
5” drop, 42” centers, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
Dragster Axle
34004
Funny Car/Altered Axle
40” centers straight, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
Dragster Axle
5” drop, 39” centers, 20” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
A-ARM FRONT END KITS
The advantages of an A-arm setup include lighter weight,
increased rigidity, and contemporary styling. Both kits feature a
bolt on A-arm design. The 33600 A-arm jig fixture was developed
to simplify the A-arm installation even when building in the 2”
maximum allowable amount of wheelbase offset.
34500
33500
33600
F/C Altered A-Arm Front End Kit
Dragster A-Arm Front End Kit
A-Arm Jig Fixture (see photo page 83)
Typical Dragster A arm installation
75
TORSION ASSEMBLY
The MW universal torsion bar assembly is designed for use on either a Funny Car or Altered chassis, and has a 26” span with 5
inch arms. The housing is 1-1/2” x .065 diameter 4130 chromoly tubing, while the torsion bar is machined from 4140 steel. Extra
fine adjustments are possible through the use of 7/8”-48-spline
35000
serrations on the torsion bar and arms. The torsion arm load is
carried by Torrington ® needle bearings. Plus complete
freedom of axle movement is assured through the use of 3/8”
spherical bearings swedged in the torsion arms.
35003
35007
35006
B1710
35002
35001
Mark Williams has reproduced the dragster torsion assembly that
was used in the '60's. The bar is produced from ½" hex and has 7/848 serrated buttons on the ends for height adjustment. The splined
button is hardened as well as the end flange in the tube, to retard
wear a small grease hole allows lubrication of the moving parts. This
is the same dimensionally, as was used for Woody Gilmore and
Mark Williams front engine cars.
35300 Dragster Torsion Bar
35000
35001
35002
Funny Car/Altered Torsion Assembly
Torsion Tube Housing for #35000
Torsion Bar for #35000
35003 Torsion Arm w/Bearing for #35000 (ea)
35006 Torsion Splined Race for #35000 (ea)
35007 Washer, nylon for #35000 (ea)
35300 Front Engine Dragster Torsion Assy
B1710 Torrington Bearing for #35000 (ea)
35300
20” centers 6-3/8” long arm 1-3/8” Dia housing
SPINDLE COMPONENTS
Mark Williams Enterprises carries a complete line of parts for popular front spindles. This includes king pin kits with bushings for MW
as well as P&S front spindles, wheel bearings, spindle nuts etc. All MW steering arms, caps and tow hooks include mounting bolts.
31202 King Pin for MW Spindle, (ea)
31203 5” Arm for MW Spindle, (ea)
31204 Bushing for MW Spindle, (ea)
31205 Brass Thrust Washers for Spindles, (pr)
31206 Teflon Thrust Washers for Spindles, (pr)
31207
31208
31209
Bushing for late P-S Spindle, (ea)
5” Arm for P-S Spindles, (ea)
6” Arm for P-S Spindles
31211
P-S King Pin & Bushing Kit (Late Type)
31212
MW King Pin & Bushing Kit
31202
31220
601-0242
31220
32200
32000
31205
31204
31214
31206
31221
31218
Bushings stick out of spindle, arms have hole for bushing
Four bronze bushings and two king pins
31214
31215
31216
31217
31218
Spindle Nut & Washer Kit, (pr)
4” Arm for MW Spindle, Steel, (ea)
4” Arm for MW Spindle, Aluminum, (ea)
6” Arm for MW Spindle, (ea)
Spindle Cap, (ea)
Secures King Pin bushing or for spindle without arms
31219
31220
31221
31222
76
5” Arm for MW Spindle, Aluminum, (ea)
MW Spindle with bushings, Steel (ea)
Spindle Cap w/Tow Hook (ea MW Spindle)
Spindle Cap w/Tow Hook (ea P-S Spindle)
31209
31223
31208
31219
31216
31215
31203
5” Arm for MW Spindle, 9° angle
For clearance required for some aluminum wheels
32000
King Pin Boss, (pr)
32200
King Pin Boss, (pr)
1” O.D. x 1-3/4” long, 4130, heat treated
1-1/4” O.D. x 1-3/4” long, 4130, heat treated
601-0242 Spindle Mount Bearing Kit (1 Wheel)
For Centerline or Weld Wheels, includes seal
31217
LEVERS PEDALS
AND
CONTROLS
MW brake levers and clutch/brake pedal are all CNC machined from 1/4” 6061 aluminum stock and fully polished to a bright luster.
Both brake levers have anodized aluminum grips installed (red, blue, black, gold or polished). Clutch/brake pedal features bolt-on foot
pad with grooved non-slip surface. All include mounting stud
#10040 (see below).
10042 Brake/Clutch Pedal
10044
With bolt on foot pad.
10043
Dragster Brake Lever
10043
Specify color of aluminum grips.
10044
Funny Car Brake Lever
Specify color of anodized aluminum grips.
10042
LEVER/PEDAL MOUNTING STUD
10040
10040
This unique assembly makes mounting
controls such as brake levers and/or pedals
simple. The use of a keyed aluminum
washer along with teflon washers on each
side of the lever allows the tension to be
adjusted without the possibility of the nut
loosening during use. The main body is
machined from 4130 alloy steel and can be cut to fit
against chassis rail (as shown).
Lever/Pedal Mounting Stud Assembly
MORSE CONTROL CABLES
Morse control cables have been the standard for many years and are ideal for operating your throttle, fuel shut-off, shifter/reverser or
chute release. MW stocks 3 foot to 14 foot cables and most of the common end fittings and clamps, both standard and quick release.
33C-3 3’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
33C-4
33C-5
33C-6
33C-7
33C-8
33C-9
33C-10
33C-11
33C-12
33C-13
33C-14
33C-24
4’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
5’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
6’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
7’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
8’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
9’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
10’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
11’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
12’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
13’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
14’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
24’ Morse Push/Pull Cable
A-29104
A-31799
A-31800
A-31804
Quick Release Rod End, 1/4-28 thread
Quick Release Rod End, 10-32 thread
Clevis,10-32 thread
Clamp & Shim
33C cable
A-31804
A-31799
A-36174
A-37000
CW3
A-29104
A-31800
CABLE ACCESSORIES
A-36174 Quick Release Clamp
A-37000 Clamp, Aluminum Morse Cable
3/16 Female Rod End
CW3
77
ROD ENDS & CLEVISES
Most race car projects will need linkage of some kind. Items such as clutch linkage, suspension bars, etc. will require the use of spherical rod ends or threaded/weld-in clevises or weld-in tube adapters or all of the above and Mark Williams is your source for all of them.
CHROMOLY ROD ENDS
RXAM10T
AM6
AB6
AM7
AB7
AM8
AB8
AM10
AB10
AM12
MW recommends the use of chromoly rod ends in high stress
applications such as suspension
components and steering linkage. All of the Aurora® 4130
chromoly rod ends listed here
are a 3 piece design. These rod
ends feature a 4130 steel body
with a hardened steel ball and race
installed.
3/8-24 4130 Male Rod End
3/8-24 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End
7/16-20 4130 Male Rod End
7/16-20 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End
1/2-20 4130 Male Rod End
1/2-20 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End
5/8-18 4130 Male Rod End
5/8-18 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End
3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
MILD STEEL ROD ENDS
CM3
CW3
CW4
CM5
CB5
CW5
CM6
CB6
CM7
CB7
CM8
CB8
10-32 Male Rod End
10-32 Female Rod End
1/4-28Female Rod End
5/16-24 Male Rod End
5/16-24 Left Hand Male Rod End
5/16-24 Female Rod End
3/8-24 Male Rod End
3/8-24 Male Left Hand Rod End
7/16-20 Male Rod End
7/16-20 Male Left Hand Rod End
1/2-20 Male Rod End
1/2-20 Male Left Hand Rod End
THREADED CLEVISES
AB12
RAM6T
3/4-16 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End
3/8-24 4130 Rod End
Right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RXAM10T3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
5/8” ball. right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RXAB10T 3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
5/8” ball. left hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RAM12T 3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
Right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RAB12T 3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
Left hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
XAM6
7/16-20 4130 Male Rod End
3/8 ball, right hand thread.
XAB6
7/16-20 4130 Male Rod End
3/8 ball, left hand thread.
XAM10
3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
5/8 ball, right hand thread.
XAB10
3/4-16 4130 Male Rod End
5/8 ball, left hand thread. 5/8 ball, left hand thread.
Mark Williams Enterprises stocks a
complete line of mild steel Aurora®
spherical rod ends. The mild steel rod
ends listed here are a 2 piece design
and are ideal for applications such as
throttle, shifter, clutch linkage, and
other light duty applications.
CM10 5/8-18 Male Rod End
CB10 5/8-18 Male Left Hand Rod End
CM12 3/4-16 Male Rod End
CB12 3/4-16 Male Left Hand Rod End
XM10 3/4-16 Male Rod End
3/4-16 Thread on shank with 5/8” hole in ball.
XB10
3/4-16 Male Left Hand End
3/4-16 Thread on shank with 5/8” hole in ball.
Mark Williams threaded clevises are ideal for wing adjuster struts, wheelie bars, and brake linkage.
All clevises are CNC machined and thread rolled in house to maintain MW’s high quality standards.
All clevises except the 5/8 clevis are available in 4130 alloy steel material.
20504
Threaded Clevis, 5/16-24 Thread
3/16” slot, 1/4” hole, 4130 alloy steel, 125,000 psi tensile
20605
Threaded Clevis, 3/8-24 Thread
3/16” slot, 5/16” hole, 4130 alloy steel, 125,000 psi tensile
20805
Threaded Clevis, 1/2-20 Thread
1/4” slot, 5/16” hole, 4130 steel, 125,000 psi tensile
21006
Threaded Clevis, 5/8-18 Thread
3/8” slot, 3/8” hole, 1018 mild steel, 67,000 psi tensile
78
CM10
21006
TUBE ADAPTERS & CLEVISES
MW weld in tube adapters make fabricating linkage, struts, or any application that requires joining a male rod end or threaded clevis to
chromoly tubing a snap. All MW tube adapters are CNC machined and lead screw tapped to ensure a precise and square thread and the
correct fit into the chromoly tubing shown in each description.
10510 Tube Adapter, 5/16-24 to 5/8 x .058
10510L Tube Adapter, 5/16-24 L.H. to 5/8 x .058
10610 Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 to 5/8 x .058
10610L Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 L.H. to 5/8 x .058
10612 Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 to 3/4 x .058
10612L Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 L.H. to 3/4 x .058
10614 Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 to 7/8 x .058
10614L Tube Adapter, 3/8-24 L.H. to 7/8 x .058
10714 Tube Adapter, 7/16-20 to 7/8 x .058
10714L Tube Adapter, 7/16-20 L.H. to 7/8 x .058
10814 Tube Adapter, 1/2-20 to 7/8 x .058
10814L Tube Adapter, 1/2-20 L.H. to 7/8 x .058
10816 Tube Adapter, 1/2-20 to 1 x .058
10816L Tube Adapter, 1/2-20 L.H. to 1 x .058
11016 Tube Adapter, 5/8-18 to 1 x .058
11016L Tube Adapter, 5/8-18 L.H. to 1 x .058
11220 Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 to 1 1/4 x .058
11018 Tube Adapter, 5/8-18 to 1 1/8 x .083
11220L Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 L.H. to 1 1/4 .058
11018L Tube Adapter, 5/8-18 L.H. to 1 1/8 x .083
11221 Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 Thread
11218 Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 to 1 1/8 x .083
For 1-1/4 x .095 tubing, for 4-link rear suspension
11218L Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 L.H. to 1 1/8 x .083
11221L Tube Adapter, 3/4-16 L.H. Thread
For 1-1/4 x .095 tubing, hex wrench driver for 4-link
WELD-IN CLEVISES
MW weld-in clevises are
manufactured in-house
from 4130 steel on CNC
machinery. All are
designed with a step
down diameter for a precise fit in the chromoly
tubing listed. MW weldin clevises work great for
wing struts, wheelie bars
etc. See page 81 for
tabs that can be used.
20316
N12RA
N5R
N5L
N6R
N6L
N7R
N7L
N12LA
5/16-24 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
5/16-24 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
3/8-24 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
3/8-24 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
7/16-20 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
7/16-20 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
20210
5/8” Weld Clevis
Fits 5/8” x .058 tubing and 1/8” thick bracket. 1/4” hole.
20312
3/4” Weld Clevis
Fits 3/4” x.058 tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20314
7/8” Weld Clevis
Fits 7/8” x.058 tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20316
1” Weld Clevis
Fits 1” x.058 tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20416
1” Weld Clevis
Fits 1” x.058 tubing and 1/4” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
AIRCRAFT JAM-NUTS
Jam nuts are half the thickness and weight of standard nuts and are ideal for use
on steering and suspension linkage or other applications that use rod ends or
threaded clevises. These jam nuts are Yellow Cad plated except for N12RA
andN12LA that are 7075 aluminum and gold anodized. Priced per pack.
N8R
N8L
1/2-20 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
1/2-20 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs)
N10R 5/8-18 R.H. Jam Nuts, (4 pcs)
N10L 5/8-18 L.H. Jam Nuts, (4 pcs)
N12RA 3/4-16 R.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (4 pcs)
N12LA 3/4-16 L.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (4 pcs)
79
SUSPENSION, MONO-SHOCK ROCKER SYSTEM
This is the same unique mono-shock system that’s a part of our 4-link dragster chassis kit. This design utilizes a single coil over shock
and combines the functions of actuating the shock and an anti-roll bar in one assembly. 12010
assembly as shown is with optional shock and spring, which are sold separately. Three
different spring rates are available to suit various engine combinations.
12010
Rocker Suspension Assembly (less shock)
12011
Splined Outer Rocker Arm (ea)
12017
Delrin® Shaft Bushing (ea)
12015
Adjuster Link, no rod ends (ea)
12019
Double Adjustable Shock (5” stroke no spring)
12019-225
Coil Spring (225#)
12019-275
Coil Spring (275#)
12019-400
Coil Spring (400#)
12010 Rocker Assembly
shown with available
coil over
4-LINK & WISHBONE KITS
97100
Mark Williams 4 link and wishbone kits include everything
required to complete a standard
4 link rear suspension from the
chassis to the housing. All kits
include Aurora 4130 rod ends,
jam nuts, tube adapters, NAS
aircraft bolts and locking jam
nuts, and chromoly tubing.
Both 4 link kits also include
chromoly front chassis brackets.
12020
Dragster/Altered 4 Link Kit
Kit uses 1-1/8” x .083 tubing & 5/8 x 5/8 rod ends.
12021
12030
97100
Dragster Front 4 Link Bracket (ea)
Dragster/Altered Wishbone Kit (ea)
4 Link Kit for 96000/97000 Housing
Kit uses 1-1/4” x .095 tubing & 5/8 x 3/4 rod ends.
97150
Front Chassis 4 Link Bracket (ea)
TITANIUM 4-LINK BOLT KIT
Upgrade the MW 97100 4-link kit with a titanium bolt kit. Kit Includes 5/8-18 X
1.668” long bolts, 5/8-18 X 2.043” long bolts, AN jam nuts, and washers. This
upgrade saves 3/4 lb. over steel bolts.
97200
Titanium 4-Link Bolt Kit
(Add 96.00 to 4-link kits for titanium upgrade)
ANTI-ROLL ASSEMBLY
97200
MW's Anti-Roll assembly features splined 7075 aluminum outer arms, a heavy wall 1-1/4" chromoly shaft or 3" diameter tube bar. The splined arms eliminate the possibility of oblong holes which are typical of a thru bolt design. The
arms have a clevis design and accept 3/8" rod ends. The 3" tubular bar is stiffer that the
straight 1-1/4” bar, and has the advantage of being built in any
width. The spherical self aligning aluminum and Delrin® bearing blocks are available separately.
35100
MW Anti-Roll Assembly 1-1/4” Serrations
5” or 6” arms. 18” centers. 1-1/4 x .188 tube (custom widths available)
35102
35103
6” Anti-Roll Arm 1-1/4” Serrations
Spherical Brng. w/ weld in tab (one) 1-1/4” Ser
35100
Aluminum housing and inner race self aligns without binding (2 required)
35105
3” Tubular Anti Roll Center Tube Assy. 1-1/4”
3” center tube assy., with 35103 bearings, specify 5” or 6” arms & width.
35110
Linkage Kit for Anti-Roll Assembly
Includes tubends, rod ends with 3/8” holes, and all nuts and washers.
35113
Spherical Brng. w/ weld in tab (one) 1-1/4” Ser
Same as 35103 with 1.25” splines in bore. (2 required)
35250
35105
3” Tubular Anti Roll Center Tube Assy 1-1/2”
3” center tube assy. 35203 brngs, 1.5” ends, and 6” aluminum arms
35103
80
CHASSIS BRACKETS & TABS
All of the MW brackets and tabs listed below are manufactured from 1/8” thick 4130N chromoly steel, except for 10010 and 15010 which
are 3/16” thick and D5 which is 1/16” thick chromoly.
D12
D26
D5
15010
10010
15004
D2
10010
D21
D11
D20
D1A
15004
Mounting Tab for Clevis (5/16” hole)
F/C Steering Box Mount Bracket
15010
D11
D12
D1A
D2
D20
D21
D26
Dzus fasteners are the most widely accepted method of securely
attaching aluminum body panels, fiberglass panels, seats, etc. MW
stocks the popular buttons, springs, tabs and panel doublers along with
the proper dimpling and installation tools and button wrench.
D200
D40
D50
D70
D30
Small Motor Mount Tab (3/8” Hole)
Large Flat Mount Tab (3/8” Hole)
Large Motor Mount Tab (no hole)
Small Flat Mounting Tab (3/8” Hole)
Weld-In Clevis for 7/8” Tube
For 3/8” rod end
D5
D100
Torsion Mounting Brackets, (set of 4)
Anti-Rotation Tab (3/8” Hole)
Chassis Radius Rod Mount Bracket
D30L
Steering Wheel Mount Plate
DZUS FASTENERS & TOOLS
D30
D30-100
D30L
D40
D40-100
D50
D50-100
D70
D100
D200
Dzus Mounting Tab, (ea)
Dzus Mount Tabs, (pack of 100)
Dzus Mounting Tab, 3” Long
Dzus Buttons, Steel (10 ea.)
Dzus Buttons, (pack of 100)
Dzus Springs, (pack of 10)
Dzus Springs, (pack of 100)
Panel Doubler (Round)
Dzus Button Wrench
Dzus Dimpling Tool
ENGINE MOUNTING PLATES
All MW engine mounting plates are manufactured from 1/4” thick 7075-T651 aluminum plate and CNC machined with common crankshaft centerlines to ensure exact fit and interchange-ability even from one engine make to another. Blank plates are also available.
38010
Engine Mount Plate
12” x 24” Front blank. 1/4” thick (no holes)
38100
38011
Front Engine Mount Plate
Small block Chevrolet for Dragster & Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
38012
Front Engine Mount Plate
Late Model Chrysler for Dragster and Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
38013
38110
Front Engine Mount Plate
Big block Chevrolet for Dragster & Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
38100
Rear Engine Mount Plate
24” x 24” blank with crank and vent holes and choice of dowel pin
holes. 1/4” thick.
38011
38110
38012
Rear Engine Mount Plate
For Dragster with crank and vent holes. Milled for 1 1/4” tube size.
Choice of dowel pin holes. 1/4” thick.
38115
3801
Rear Engine Mount Plate
For Funny Car and Altered with crank and vent holes. Milled for 1
1/2” tube size. Choice of dowel pin holes. Top must be profiled. 1/4”
thick.
81
CHROMOLY TUBING & PLATE
All MW 4130 tubing is certified aircraft quality material that meets 6736 specifications.
Small quantities of under a 100’ are sold at the cut price. Large quantities of 100’ or more
are sold at the 100’ price. Different tubing sizes can be combined to produce an order of
more than 100’ but they must be full lengths. Full lengths can be anywhere from 17’ - 24’.
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LBS./FT
0375x058
0500X058
0625X058
0750X058
0875X058
1000X058
1125X058
1125X083
1250X058
1250X083
1250X095
1375X058
3/8 x .058 Tube
1/2 x .058 Tube
5/8 x.058 Tube
3/4 x.058 Tube
7/8 x .058 Tube
1 X .058 Tube
1 1/8 x .058 Tube
1 1/8 x .083 Tube
1 1/4 x .058 Tube
1 1/4 x .083 Tube
1 1/4 x .095 Tube
1 3/8 x .058 Tube
.20
.27
.35
.43
.51
.58
.66
.92
.74
1.03
1.17
.82
CUT
100’
9.00
10.35
6.70
8.60
9.20
7.20
7.00
11.25
10.20
11.80
9.60
11.91
6.75
7.76
5.03
6.29
6.90
5.40
5.25
8.43
7.65
8.85
7.20
8.93
1375X065
1375X095
1500X058
1500X065
1500X120
1625X083
1625X188
3000X250
3250X250
4130-062
4130-125
4130-187
4130-250
1 3/8 x .065 Tube
.91 10.90
8.18
1 3/8 x .095 Tube
1.30 16.70
12.52
1 1/2 x .058 Tube
.89
9.40
7.05
1 1/2 x .065 Tube
1.00
8.30
6.23
1 1/2 x .120 Tube
1.77 20.97
15.72
1 5/8 x .083 Tube
1.37 12.45
9.33
1 5/8 x .188 Tube
2.88 21.80
16.35
3 x .250 Tube
7.34 42.90
3 1/4 x .250 Tube
8.01 63.78
Sheet Steel, 4130 1/16” Thick 9” X 12” 19.00
Sheet Steel, 4130 1/8” Thick 9” x 18” . . .41.10
Sheet Steel, 4130 3/16” Thick 9” x 18” . .75.70
Sheet Steel, 4130 1/4” Thick 9” X 18” . .107.85
PRE-BENT CHROMOLY TUBING
37100
36100
37200
36151
36152
36800
36500
36200
36400
MW’s stock of pre bent
tubing includes, roll
bars, shoulder hoops,
dragster frame rails etc.
These items are all
mandrel bent in-house
and designed for the
professional or the doit-yourself
chassis
builder.
12041
Driveshaft Loop (2 pcs)
36050
1 5/8” Dragster Bend Package
7/8 x .058 4130 tube. 180 o bends. 5” wide inside.
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, back braces and shoulder hoop.
36060
1 1/2” Dragster Bend Package
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, back braces and shoulder hoop.
36300
Dragster Shoulder Hoop
19” inside x 72” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36350
Dragster Shoulder Hoop
19” inside x 36” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36350-S Dragster Shoulder Hoop
19” inside x 36” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36360
F.E. Dragster Shoulder Hoop (2pc)
Up to 22” inside x 82” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36370
F.E. Dragster Lower Hoop
17” inside, 1 3/8 x .058 4130 tube w/kick up bends.
36375
F.E Dragster Lower Hoop (1 bend)
36400
Dragster Support Tube .
17” inside, 1 3/8 x .058 4130 tube w/kick up bends.
Upper to lower rail 1 3/8 x .095 4130 tube.
36500
Dragster Seat Former
1 1/4 x .058 4130 tube.
36550
Dragster Seat Former
1 3/8” x .058” 4130 tube
36100
Dragster Roll Bar (single bend)
36600
Dragster Upper Engine Rails (Pair)
36151
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar
36650
Dragster Upper Engine Rails (Pair)
36700
Dragster Lower Engine Rails (Pair)
36750
Dragster Lower Engine Rails (Pair)
36800
Steering Mount Cross Tube
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
24” tall x 19 1/2 centers, 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36152
Double Bend Drag Secondary Roll Bar
19” tall x 19 1/2” centers 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36155
Helmet Guard Tubes (pr)
1 x .058 4130 tube, 2 bends. Now mandatory.
36161
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36162
Double Bend Drag Secondary Roll Bar
19” tall 19 1/2” centers 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36171
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar (6” radius)
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36172
Double Bend Drag Sec. Roll Bar (6” radius)
36200
Dragster Roll Bar Back Brace
19” tall 19 1/2” centers 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
14” tall x 16” deep, 90 degree bend, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
36260
Dragster Roll Bar Back Brace
14” tall x 16” deep, 90 degree bend, 1 1/2 x .065 4130 tube.
82
1 1/4” x .083” 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .058” 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .083” 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .058” 4130 tube
1” x .058 4130 tube.
37000
Funny Car Bend Package
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, 2 back braces & shoulder hoop.
37100
Funny Car Roll Bar
29” tall x 21 1/2” centers, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
37200
Funny Car Secondary Roll Bar
19 1/2” tall x 21 1/2” centers, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
37400
Funny Car Shoulder Hoop
20” inside x 74” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
38000
F.E. Dragster Bend Package
includes shoulder hoop, lower rail hoop, first and second roll bars, and the back
brace.
TAIL LIGHTS & CHASSIS TOOLS
MW now offers two tail light assemblies. One unit is for the MW 9” aluminum
modular rear end housing, which replaces the standard pump cover. The other
light is for use on cars that do not have a modular housing. The Quay LED tail
light is designed to easily slip into the end of a 1-1/4” x 058 frame rail.
90108
90109
90108
90109
QTL
Rear Pump Mount Cover for Tail Light
Tail Light for 90108
Frame Rail Tail Light
QTL
ENGINE MOUNT CLAMPS
These aircraft quality T bolt style clamps are made from stainless steel and meet
requirements for securing saddle type motor mounts or other components that need to be
clamped to chassis frame rails. For tubing diameters from 1-1/4” up to 1-1/2” diameter.
D150
D150
Motor Mount Clamp, 1-1/2” (ea)
Fits 1-1/4” to 1-1/2” diameter tubing.
DRIVELINE ALIGNMENT BARS
The Mark Williams 9” alignment bar is manufactured from 2-1/2” diameter heavy wall D.O.M.
tubing with a CNC machined aluminum flange attached to one end. This aluminum flange bolts
directly to the front of a 9” Ford thirdmember case in place of pinion support and allows for
perfect alignment between rear end and engine. With an overall length of 80” this bar can be
used for dragster as well as funny car/altered chassis construction. The 12 bolt alignment bar
uses a steel pilot that is inserted into the seal bore along with a standard rear pinion bearing (not
supplied) to align the bar in the center section. Works with stock and MW modular 12 bolt rears.
400D
450
400D
401
450
9” Ford Driveline Alignment Bar
Adapter to use 400D on MW 11” Rear
12 Bolt Driveline Alignment Bar
A-ARM JIG TUBE FITTING TOOLS
33600
Spindle
not
included
The MW A-Arm jig simplifies installing an aarm front end on a dragster or funny car chassis. The spindle is fastened thru the upright
and set to the proper caster angle with a bubble protractor. This is normally used for car
with standard 17” dragster or 15” FC spindle
mount front wheels. The uprights can be
positioned anywhere along the 1-1/2” square
cross tube (included) to produce the desired
front end tread width. The cross tube is
clamped to the bottom of the chassis
rails with shims to make the appropriate ground clearance.
705
33600
This tool will help you produce
tight fitting joints that will result in
better welds and a nicer finished
product. A standard Bi-Metal hole
saw is all that’s needed. The unit
can be used with a drill
press or a 1/2” drill
motor.
705
Tubing Notcher
A-Arm Fixture
83
DIGITAL LEVEL & PROMO ITEMS
500-DLX Rail and Module
500-1 Module Only
The Smart Level features a LCD digital readout that displays angles
from 0 to 90 degrees in tenth of a degree increments. The center module (about 7” long) can be used alone to measure pinion angle, 4-link
bars, wings, etc. It can also be used with the companion 24” or 48” rail
for chassis construction, etc. This tool is a must for any serious racers
and/or chassis builder!
500-1
Smart Level Module
500R-24 24” Rail (less module)
500R-48 48” Rail (less module)
500-DLX Smart Level Digital Level
Digital liquid crystal display, with 24” rail
WELDING FILLER ROD & TEMP STICK
A temp stick along with an oxy-acetylene torch
should be used to normalize critical weld areas such
as drivers compartment, rear end mounts etc. MW
recommends Oxweld 65 filler rod for tig welding chromoly. It is a triple deoxidizer for a clean and ductile weld
joint.
10008
Temperature Stick Indicator
1050 degrees.
65-062 1/16” Oxweld 65 Welding Filler Rod
65-093 3/32” Oxweld 65 Welding Filler Rod
MAGNAFLUX SPOTCHECK
The Magnaflux Spotcheck Jr. kit allows metal parts to be easily checked for cracks and leaks that may not be
visible to the naked eye. Color coded packaging makes this simple die penetrant process extremely easy.
MFS-1 Magnaflux Spotcheck Jr
MFS-1
Die penetrate crack and leak detection kit.
PROMOTIONAL ITEMS
Pro-Stock
CAL
MW Gear Ratio Calculator
CAPMW MW Cap (request grey or blue)
DEC
MW Round Decal
DEC-DS MW Driveshaft Decal (die cut)
DEC-DB MW Disc Brake Decal (die cut)
DEC-TR MW Trailer Decal (large die cut)
84
Pro Mod
Funny Car
ML-DEC
T-FC
T-PM
T-PS
T-SS
Super Stock
MasterLine Round Decal
MW cotton T-shirt, Funny Car (specify size)
MW cotton T-shirt, Pro Mod (specify size)
MW cotton T-shirt, Pro Stock (specify size)
MW cotton T-shirt, Super Stock (specify size)
MasterLine
For over 40 years the name “Mark Williams” has been synonymous with the ultimate in quality and reliability. But
there are those racers who feel their combination doesn’t require the “ultimate”. With this in mind Mark Williams
Enterprises has developed the MasterLine series of driveline components for Street and Strip (10 sec. and up) applications. MasterLine components include axles, bearings, spools, gear sets, and nodular iron 9” Ford cases.
MasterLine AXLES
Machined from special high Manganese steel forgings, MasterLine axles are ideal for cars as quick as
9.90. MasterLine axles are all custom CNC machined to length. They feature thick flanges, 1/2” -20
threaded holes for your specific pattern in the three most popular bolt patterns, (upgrade to 5/8 is available), any spline up to 35, true involute form hobbed splines (before heat treating), an in house double
heat treat, precision ground bearing journals to ensure the correct press fit of axle bearings, and adjustable
bearing seats to allow precise brake system alignment. Plus, MasterLine axles are included in Mark
Williams contingency program.
ML-400 with optional
triple hole pattern
ML-400 MasterLine Axles (pr)
Options: Upgrade to 5/8” -18 studs. For more info on studs see pg. 11
MasterLine SPOOLS
MasterLine spools are CNC machined from alloy
steel forgings and heat treated in-house. Plus, the
bearing journals and ring gear flange are precision ground. All have Mark Williams 35
spline.
ML-001
ML-003
ML-250
ML-507
ML-803
9” FORD
A350F9
B389F9
C411F9
D456F9
E486F9
F514F9
G543F9
H567F9
I583F9
J600F9
K620F9
L650F9
3.50
3.89
4.11
4.56
4.86
5.14
5.43
5.67
5.83
6.00
6.20
6.50
8.8 Ford 35 spline spool
9” Ford w/2.893” or 3.062” bores
9” Ford w/3.250” bores
12 Bolt Chevrolet
MasterLine BEARINGS
MasterLine bearings are sealed and feature a
1.562” I.D. and an “O” ring around the outside of
the bearing to eliminate the need for an inner
housing seal. Available for large and small Ford,
Olds/Pontiac, Mopar and GM 10 &12 Bolt Cclip eliminator kit.
Mopar axle bearings, 2.875” O.D. (pr)
Mopar axle brng, 2.875” w/snapring (pr)
Small GM “C” clip eliminator kit
Ford/Olds axle bearings, 3.150” O.D. (pr)
Mustang axle bearings, 2.835” O.D. (pr)
MasterLine gears are privately labeled for
MW by one of the industry leaders. Popular
9" Ford, and 10 and 12 bolt GM ratios are
available. This is a short list of popular
MasterLine gears. We carry several other
price competitive lines call to check on the
one you need.
ML-132
ML-140
ML-146
ML-160
MasterLine GEARS
GM 7.5 10 BOLT
M373
GM7.5
3.73 7.5” 10 Bolt 3 series
N373
GM7.5T
3.73 7.5” 10 Bolt 2 series
O410
GM7.5
4.10 7.5” 10 Bolt 3 series
P410
GM7.5T
4.10 7.5” 10 Bolt 2 series
GM 8.2 10 BOLT
Q411
GM8.2
4.11 8.2 10 Bolt 3 series
GM 8.5 10 BOLT
R342
GM8.5
3.42 8.5 10 Bolt 3 series
S373
GM8.5
3.73 8.5 10 Bolt 3 series
T390
GM8.5
3.90 8.5 10 Bolt 3 series
U410
GM8.5
4.10 8.5 10 Bolt 3 series
V456
GM8.5
4.56 8.5 10 Bolt 3 series
GM 12 BOLT PASSENGER
W373
12 Bolt
3.73 12 Bolt Passenger
Y410
12Bolt
4.10 12 Bolt Passenger
X456
3 series
4 series
12Bolt
4.56 12 Bolt Passenger
4 series
85
MasterLine THIRDMEMBERS
MasterLine thirdmembers are assembled at Mark Williams Ent. using a tough MasterLine nodular iron case,
Timken® bearings, a MW aluminum pinion support, and a MW 1330 series pinion yoke. MasterLine third-
members are shipped ready to run (following recommended ring & pinion break-in).*See page 85 for available
MasterLine gear ratios. Richmond gears also available at additional cost.
ML-904 Posi-traction thirdmember assembly
MasterLine nodular iron case, 31 spline Ford Motorsports posi, choice of gear ratio*.
ML-905 Locker thirdmember assembly
MasterLine nodular iron case, 31 spline Detroit Locker®, choice of gear ratio*.
ML-906 Thirdmember assembly with spool
MasterLine nodular iron case, 35 spline MasterLine spool, choice of gear ratio*.
MasterLine DRIVESHAFTS
Master driveshafts are custom built from 3” x .083 DOM mild steel tubing or 6061 aluminum with Spicer 1350 series
weld yokes and Spicer precision 1350 series U joints. Special assembly fixtures guarantee proper weld yoke phasing
during assembly. Every shaft is electronically balanced with the transmission yoke installed to ensure vibration free
operation. Prices includes the billet 4340 transmission yoke.
ML-39200
ML-600 3” x .083 mild steel driveshaft
Any length with U joints Includes Transmission Yoke.
ML-39200 3.5” x .125” 6061 Aluminum Shaft
Any length with U joints Includes Transmission Yoke.
ML-39300 4” x .125” 6061 Aluminum Shaft
ML-39300
Any length with U joints Includes Transmission Yoke.
MasterLine PACKAGES
MasterLine packages include a pair of MasterLine axles, posi unit or spool, “C” clip eliminator kit or axle
bearings and 1/2” wheel studs.
ML-K01 8.8 Ford 31 spline posi package
Axles, Eaton® posi unit, “C” clip kit and 1/2” studs.
ML-KO7
9” Ford package
ML-K03 8.8 Ford 35 spline spool package
Axles, spool, “C” clip kit and 1/2” studs.
ML-K04 12 Bolt 30 spline posi package
Axles, Eaton® posi unit, “C” clip kit and 1/2” studs.
ML-K06 12 Bolt 35 spline spool package
Axles, spool, “C” clip kit and 1/2” studs.
ML-K07 9” Ford 35 spline spool package
Axles, spool, axle bearings and 1/2” studs.
ML-K08 9” Ford 31 spline posi package
Axles, Motorsports posi, axle bearings and 1/2” wheel studs
MasterLine CASES
MasterLine nodular cases feature tough nodular iron castings that are CNC machined, billet steel main caps and
bearing adjusters, and extra reinforced pilot bearing area. (3/8” pinion support studs are available)
ML-460 Nodular iron case w/3.062” bores
Steel caps and billet adjusters, adjuster locks
ML-470 Nodular iron case w/3.250” bores
Steel caps and billet adjusters, adjuster locks
86
CHASSIS KITS
For those drag racers with the ability and persistence to build a race car from scratch, a Mark Williams “kit car” is certainly the way to
start the process. Kits are available for either front or rear engine dragster and funny car/altered configurations. Each kit has been engineered to provide both race-winning performance and incomparable safety. All Mark Williams chassis kits conform to the appropriate
SFI (SEMA Foundation. Inc.) specifications. Since their introduction, MW kit cars have proven to be very competitive in various classes ranging from Econo Altered to Alcohol dragsters. One MW kit car even has won a World Championship. Experienced racers will
tell you that there’s a lot more to a tube-chassis car than meets the eye. That’s why often times one car “works” better than another even
though they may appear to be similar. It’s the subtle differences that count and MW gives you the winning advantage.
SOLID REAR ENGINE DRAGSTER KIT
Chromoly chassis with solid mounted 92000 MW modular 9” aluminum housing. Kit includes complete steering with rack and pinion
box, engine mounting plates and all the
10000
Will accept new MW
pre bent and straight tubing to build a
11” Modular rear end
chassis that meets the current SFI 2.3K
chassis specs. Supercharged applications will require a full floater housing
which will add 754.00
10000
1000X
10003
10012
36060
cage
36155
36400
36500
36800
36600
36700
38110
380XX
4130-062
4130-125
65-062
Dragster bend package w/6 point
92000
D1A
D20
4’
6’
40’
40’
8’
7’
60’
20’
2’
26” MW Modular aluminum housing
Small engine mount tabs (4 ea)
Large engine mount tabs (2 ea)
1/2” x .058, 4130 tube
5/8 x .058, 4130 tube
3/4” x .058, 4130 tube
7/8” x ,058, 4130 tube
1” x .058, 4130 tube
1-1/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1-1/4” x .058, 4130 tube
3/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1” x 1-3/4” x .065, 4130 tube
10020
10035
15012
30100
30155
30160
31200
33500
33600
Choice of chassis print
Chassis Construction Video
7/16”x 1” x 1” bushings, rear end
upright
Quick disconnect steering hub
Dragster/FC steering wheel
Bushing, welds to D20 tabs (2 ea)
MW rack & pinion steering
MW Dragster steering linkage kit
MW Dragster steering column kit
MW spindles with 2 arms (pr)
A-Arm front end kit
A-Arm fixture
10001
Dragster Blueprint-Alcohol Style
10003
10004
Dragster Chassis Construction Video VHS (Covers solid dragster chassis construction only)
Dragster Chassis Construction Video DVD (Covers solid dragster chassis construction only)
Helmet Guard Tubes (1 pr)
Upper/lower rail support (2 ea)
Seat former tube (1 ea)
Steering mount tube (1 ea)
Upper engine rails (2 ea)
Lower engine rails (2 ea)
Milled engine plate, choice of dowels
Choice of milled front engine plate
4130 1/16” sheet 9”x12” (1 ea)
1/8” 4130 sheet 9” x 18” (1 ea)
1/16” dia. welding rod (5 lbs)
11001
Dragster Blueprint-Super Comp Style
4-LINK ENGINE DRAGSTER KIT
Chromoly chassis with unique monoshock rear suspension and MW modular 12 bolt housing w/billet aluminum 4 link brackets. Kit
includes monoshock rocker shaft and
Coil over shock is available but
12000
arms, 4-link and wishbone kits, complete
not included with kit
See page 80
steering with rack and pinion box, engine
mounting plates and all the pre bent and
straight tubing to build a chassis that
meets the current SFI 2.5 chassis specs.
12000
10020
10035
12001
30100
30155
30160
31200
33500
33600
36060
36155
Quick disconnect steering hub
Dragster/FC steering wheel
4 link Dragster chassis print
MW rack & pinion steering
MW Dragster steering linkage kit
MW Dragster steering column kit
MW spindles with 2 arms (pr)
A-Arm front end kit
Front end jig kit
Dragster bend pkg w/6 point cage
Helmet Guard Tubes (1 pr)
12001
Dragster Blueprint, 4-Link Suspension
36500
36800
36600
38110
380XX
65-062
96012
12010
12020
12021
12030
Seat former tube (1 ea)
Steering mount tube (1 ea)
2 pc upper engine rails (2 ea)
Milled engine plate, choice of dowels
Choice of milled front engine plate
1/16” dia. welding rod (5 lbs.)
MW Modular 12 Bolt 4 link housing
Monoshock/Anti-roll rocker assembly
4 link kit w/rod ends and jam nuts
Chassis 4 link mounting plates (4)
Wishbone kit w/rod ends & jam nuts
D1A
D20
4’
6’
40’
40’
8’
7’
60’
20’
Small engine mount tabs (8 ea)
Large engine mount tabs (2 ea)
1/2” x .058, 4130 tube
5/8 x .058, 4130 tube
3/4” x .058, 4130 tube
7/8” x ,058, 4130 tube
1” x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .058, 4130 tube
1 3/8” x .058, 4130 tube
87
CHASSIS KITS
Component and materials lists for each MW chassis kit are shown on these pages. These kits include all of the tubing necessary to build
a basic chassis including all of the tube bends. All tubing requires cutting and fitting. For a preview of what’s involved in building an
MW kit car, working prints and a chassis construction video or dvd are available from Mark Williams. All Mark Williams chassis prints
are produced on a color plotter using heavy weight paper that won’t fade over time like blueprints will. This ensures a high quality,
long lasting, and easy to read set of prints. The cost of the print and/or video will be credited toward a kit car purchase. Other
components such as axles, brakes, thirdmember, etc. required to complete a “rolling chassis” that fits your exact needs can be found
elsewhere in this catalog.
FRONT ENGINE DRAGSTER KIT
Chromoly chassis with 92000 MW modular 9” aluminum housing. Meets the current SFI 2.2B chassis specs for new front engine dragsters (6.29 and quicker). Kit includes
complete steering with standard box,
13000
engine mounting plates and all the pre
bent and straight tubing to build a basic
chassis. Supercharged applications will
require a full floater housing. Call for
additional charges.
13000
10020
10035
10612
10612L
15004
15012
13001
30200
30260
31210
33005
Quick release steering hub
Drag/FC steering wheel
Tube adapter 3/8-24 to 3/4 (4 ea)
Tube adapter 3/8-24 LH to 3/4 (2 ea)
Steering box mount
Bushing, welds to D20 tabs (2 ea)
Front Engine dragster blueprint
F/C standard steering box
MW FC/Altered steering column kit
MW spindles w/3-arms
Dragster front axle, 36” centers
13001
Front Engine Dragster Blueprint
33xxx
36155
38000
380xx
38115
65-062
92000-30
96022
AM6
AB6
D1A
Radius rod kit
Helmet Guard Tubes (1 pr)
Front engine dragster bend package
Choice of milled front engine plate
Milled rear engine plate
1/16” dia. welding rod (5 lbs)
Modular 9” housing, 30” wide
1” spacer for modular housing (2 ea)
3/8 Chromoly rod end (4 ea)
3/8 LH Chromoly rod end (2 ea)
Small engine mount tabs (6 ea)
D20
D26
12’
40’
10’
1’
14’
70’
15’
5’
Large engine mount tabs (2 ea)
Weld in clevis
5/8” x .058, 4130 tube
3/4” x .058, 4130 tube
7/8” X .058, 4130 tube
1“ x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .058, 4130 tube
1 3/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1 3/8” x .095, 4130 tube
FUNNY CAR/ALTERED KIT
Chromoly chassis with 92000 MW modular 9” aluminum housing. Kit includes complete steering with standard box, engine mounting
plates and all the pre bent and straight tubing to build
a basic chassis that will meet the current SFI 10.1E
15000
Will accept new MW
chassis specs for new funny car/altereds. When built
11” Modular rear end
to print chassis can be certified for any class up to
Nitro Funny Car. Supercharged applications will
require a full floater housing Call for additional
charges.
15000
34500
33600
36155
37000
380XX
38115
550-019
65-062
92000
D1A
F/C A-Arm front end kit
F/C A-Arm jig kit
Helmet Guard Tubes (1 pr)
Funny Car roll bar bend package
Choice of milled front engine plate
Milled rear engine plate
1 3/8” expansion plug (4 ea)
1/16” dia. welding rod (5 lbs)
Modular housing, 26” wide
Small engine mount tabs (4 ea)
Large engine mount tabs (2 ea)
1/2” x .058, 4130 tube
5/8” x .058, 4130 tube
3/4” x .058, 4130 tube
7/8” X .058, 4130 tube
1“ x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1 1/4” x .058, 4130 tube
1 3/8” x .058, 4130 tube
1 3/8” x .095, 4130 tube
10020
10035
15004
15012
15101
15060
30200
30255
30260
31210
Quick release steering hub
Drag/FC steering wheel
Steering box mount
Bushing, welds to D20 tabs (2 ea)
Altered/Funny car blueprint
Housing mounting bracket (2 ea)
F/C standard steering box
MW FC/Altered steering linkage kit
MW FC/Altered steering column kit
MW spindles w/3-arms
15101
FunnyCar/Altered Blueprint
All kits FOB Louisville, Colorado. Approximate shipping weight 300 lbs. (Truck freight)
88
D20
20’
6’
20’
20’
10’
20’
60’
20’
6’
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement